AMERISTEEL CORP
424B3, 1998-07-31
STEEL WORKS, BLAST FURNACES & ROLLING MILLS (COKE OVENS)
Previous: FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF ATLANTA, 8-K, 1998-07-31
Next: FOSTER WHEELER CORP, 10-Q, 1998-07-31



<PAGE>   1

                                                 PURSUANT TO RULE 424(b)(3)
                                                 REGISTRATION NO. 333-55857
                                                 REGISTRATION NO. 333-55857-01


 
                               OFFER TO EXCHANGE
 
                                ALL OUTSTANDING
                          8 3/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008
                  ($130,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OUTSTANDING)
 
                                      FOR
 
                     8 3/4% SERIES B SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008
                                       OF
                             AMERISTEEL CORPORATION
 
     The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on August
31, 1998, unless extended.
 
     AmeriSteel Corporation, a Florida corporation (the "Company"), hereby
offers, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
Prospectus and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of
Transmittal"), to exchange its 8 3/4% Series B Senior Notes Due 2008 (the "New
Notes" and "Exchange Notes"), in an offering which has been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), pursuant to a
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (together with any amendments thereto, the
"Registration Statement") of which this Prospectus constitutes a part, for an
equal principal amount of its outstanding 8 3/4% Senior Notes Due 2008 (the "Old
Notes"), of which an aggregate of $130,000,000 in principal amount is
outstanding as of the date hereof (the "Exchange Offer"). The New Notes and the
Old Notes are sometimes referred to herein collectively as the "Notes." The form
and terms of the New Notes will be the same as the form and terms of the Old
Notes except that the New Notes will not bear legends restricting the transfer
thereof. The New Notes will be obligations of the Company entitled to the
benefits of the Indenture, dated as of April 3, 1998 (the "Indenture"), by and
among the Company, as issuer, each of the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries (the
"Subsidiary Guarantors"), as Guarantors, and State Street Bank and Trust
Company, as Trustee (the "Trustee"), relating to the Notes. See "Description of
the New Notes." Following the completion of the Exchange Offer, none of the New
Notes will be entitled to any rights under the Registration Rights Agreement,
dated as of March 30, 1998 (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), by and among
the Company and the initial purchaser (the "Initial Purchaser") named therein.
 
     SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 16 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN EVALUATING AN INVESTMENT IN THE NEW NOTES.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
   SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
    PASSED ON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
             REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                             ---------------------
 
THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS NOT BEING MADE TO, NOR WILL THE COMPANY ACCEPT SURRENDERS
    FOR EXCHANGE FROM, HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE
  EXCHANGE OFFER OR THE ACCEPTANCE THEREOF WOULD NOT BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
               SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS OF SUCH JURISDICTION.
 
                 The date of this Prospectus is July 30, 1998.
<PAGE>   2
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
     The Company has filed the Registration Statement with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the Securities Act with respect to
the New Notes. This Prospectus, which constitutes a part of the Registration
Statement, omits certain information contained in the Registration Statement and
reference is made to the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules
thereto for further information with respect to the Company and the New Notes
offered hereby. This Prospectus contains summaries of the material terms and
provisions of certain documents and in each instance reference is made to the
copy of such document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. Each
such summary is qualified in its entirety by such reference.
 
                            NOTICE TO BROKER-DEALERS
 
     Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. The Letter of
Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the
meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection
with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where such Old
Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, starting on
the Expiration Date (as defined herein) and ending on the close of business one
year after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus available to any
broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Plan of Distribution."
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   3
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read
in conjunction with, the more detailed information and Consolidated Financial
Statements and Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Unless
otherwise indicated, all references in this Prospectus to the "Company" shall be
deemed to refer to AmeriSteel Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary,
AmeriSteel Finance, Inc., and all references to fiscal years are to the
Company's fiscal years ended on March 31.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     The Company operates four non-union minimills located in the southeastern
U.S. that produce steel concrete reinforcing bars ("rebar"), light structural
shapes such as rounds, squares, flats, angles and channels ("merchant bars")
and, to a lesser extent, wire rod ("rods") and billets (which are semi-finished
steel products). The Company also operates 13 rebar fabricating plants
strategically located in close proximity to its mills. The Company estimates
that it currently has annual steel melting capacity of 2.0 million tons per year
and finished product rolling capacity of 1.8 million tons per year. The Company
believes that it is the second largest producer and the largest fabricator of
rebar in the U.S.
 
     The Company's minimills use electric arc furnaces to melt recycled scrap
steel. The molten steel is then cast into long strands called billets in a
continuous casting process. Billets are then reheated and rolled into rebar,
merchant bars and rods. The Company's fabricating plants further process
approximately 40% of the Company's mill rebar production to meet specific
contractor specifications. Rebar is used primarily for strengthening concrete in
highway and building construction and other construction applications. Merchant
bars are used in a wide variety of applications including floor and roof joists,
transmission towers, and farm equipment. Rods are used in a variety of
applications, including the manufacture of welded wire fabric and nails.
 
     For the twelve months ended March 31, 1998, the Company had net sales and
EBITDA (as defined herein) of $664.6 million and $100.6 million, respectively.
 
     In late 1992, the Company was purchased by Kyoei Steel Ltd. ("Kyoei"), a
private Japanese minimill company engaged in the manufacture of commodity grade
steel products, primarily rebar and merchant bar products. Kyoei, founded in
1947, operates four minimills in Japan and a rolling mill in Vietnam with a
total annual rebar and merchant bar rolling capacity of 2.5 million tons. The
Company has benefitted from access to Kyoei's operating, engineering and
technical expertise.
 
     The Company's headquarters are located at 5100 W. Lemon Street, Suite 312,
Tampa, Florida 33609, and its telephone number is (813) 286-8383.
 
                                  THE INDUSTRY
 
     According to industry sources, United States market demand for rebar was
approximately 6.3 million tons in calendar 1996. The Company believes that it is
the second largest producer of rebar in the U.S. and estimates it has
approximately a 13% share of the U.S. rebar market and approximately a 20% share
in the eastern two-thirds of the U.S. According to industry sources, the U.S.
market for merchant and other light structural shape bars was estimated to be
approximately 8.6 million tons in calendar 1996. The Company estimates that it
has approximately a 6% share of this market. For the twelve months ended March
31, 1998, approximately 24% of the Company's net sales were derived from
fabricated rebar, 27% from stock rebar (rebar produced by the mills and sold to
third parties), 33% from merchant bars, 5% from rods and 11% from semi-finished
billets.
 
     The minimill industry is composed of two types of competitors: multi-mill
operators and stand-alone minimills. The Company believes that recent growth in
the industry (through acquisitions as well as capital expenditures) has been
driven by multi-mill operations because stand-alone minimills
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   4
 
have not generally been able to achieve the economies of scale or had access to
the financial resources to make the investments that larger operators have. The
Company believes that further industry consolidation will continue given the
significant advantages available to multi-mill operators. Accordingly, the
Company is actively investigating potential acquisition opportunities.
 
                             COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
 
     The primary focus of the Company's business strategy is to continue to be a
low cost producer of rebar and merchant bar products in the U.S. and to further
grow its business including through acquisitions of steel producing and related
assets. The Company believes that the following competitive strengths are key
elements of this strategy:
 
          DEMONSTRATED COST CONTROL.  Since 1994, the Company has reduced its
     costs of converting scrap steel to finished steel products ("conversion
     costs") from $146 per ton to $129 per ton for the twelve months ended March
     31, 1998. The Company has achieved these cost reductions through its mill
     modernization program, high mill utilization, access to competitively
     priced electric power at its Tennessee and North Carolina mills, and labor
     incentive programs designed to maximize productivity. In addition, since
     1994, the Company has closed unprofitable operations and divested non-core
     activities. The Company currently has initiatives in place that it believes
     will further reduce its conversion costs.
 
          MODERNIZED PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT IN ATTRACTIVE LOCATIONS.  Since 1992,
     the Company has invested approximately $123 million in mill modernization,
     including major projects at its Jackson, Tennessee, Jacksonville, Florida
     and Charlotte, North Carolina mills. The Company believes its recent mill
     modernization program will lower conversion costs and increase capacity
     utilization, enhance merchant bar quality and broaden its merchant bar
     product range. The southeastern U.S. (where all the Company's mills are
     located) accounts generally for more than one-fourth of U.S. rebar
     consumption and, due to mild wintertime weather conditions, demonstrates
     less seasonal demand fluctuations than more northern regions of the U.S.
     Because of the high cost of freight relative to the value of the Company's
     products, competition from non-regional producers is limited.
 
          MOTIVATED, NON-UNION LABOR FORCE.  The Company employs a non-union
     workforce of approximately 1,900 employees. The Company's compensation
     programs are designed to allow employees to earn significant incentive
     bonuses (approximately one-fifth of their total compensation) based on
     production volumes, sales volumes, cost targets or return on capital
     employed. These programs have been successfully implemented by the current
     management team and have resulted in lower costs, higher productivity and
     increased profitability. Further incentive is provided through equity
     ownership plans. Approximately 57% of current employees have purchased
     stock in the Company, including Phillip E. Casey, Chairman and Chief
     Executive Officer, who beneficially owns approximately 10% of the
     outstanding shares of the Company's capital stock.
 
          STRONG MARKET POSITIONS.  The Company believes that it is the second
     largest producer of rebar in the U.S. and estimates it has approximately a
     13% share in the U.S. rebar market and approximately a 20% share in the
     eastern two-thirds of the U.S. In addition, the Company believes that it is
     the largest fabricator of rebar products in the U.S., with fiscal 1998
     revenues of $168.7 million, or approximately 25% of the Company's sales.
     The Company believes its strong market position in both stock rebar
     shipments and fabricated rebar shipments provides it with competitive
     market intelligence and other advantages from vertical integration relative
     to its smaller competitors. The Company estimates it has approximately a 6%
     share of the U.S. market for merchant and other light structural shape
     bars. The Company believes it has opportunities to increase its market
     share in this market, which is generally less cyclical and more profitable
     than the rebar market. A recent independent survey has ranked the Company
     first in customer service and on-time delivery in the Company's principal
     product markets. As evidence of a high degree of
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   5
 
     customer satisfaction, the Company has had, on average, a relationship of
     at least 10 years with its top 25 customers.
 
                               THE PRIOR OFFERING
 
     The outstanding $130.0 million principal amount of Old Notes were sold by
the Company to the Initial Purchaser on April 3, 1998 (the "Closing Date")
pursuant to the Purchase Agreement among the Company and the Initial Purchaser
(the "Prior Offering"). The Prior Offering was designed as a refinancing plan
(the "Refinancing") to extend the maturities of the Company's outstanding long-
term debt, increase shareholders' equity, reduce interest expense and improve
operational and financial flexibility. The Refinancing includes (i) the Prior
Offering, (ii) the redemption of the Company's $100,000,000 11 1/2 First
Mortgage Notes due December 15, 2000 (the "First Mortgage Notes") and (iii) the
repayment of $20 million of the Company's $40 million Subordinated Intercompany
Note. The Initial Purchaser subsequently resold the Old Notes in reliance on
Rule 144A under the Securities Act. The Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and
the Initial Purchaser also entered into the Registration Rights Agreement
pursuant to which the Company granted certain registration rights for the
benefit of the holders of the Old Notes. The Exchange Offer is intended to
satisfy certain of the Company's obligations under the Registration Rights
Agreement with respect to the Old Notes.
 
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
The Exchange Offer.........  The Company is offering upon the terms and subject
                             to the conditions set forth herein and in the
                             accompanying letter of transmittal, to exchange
                             $1,000 in principal amount of its 8 3/4% Series B
                             Senior Notes due 2008 for each $1,000 in principal
                             amount of the outstanding Old Notes. As of the date
                             of this Prospectus, $130.0 million in aggregate
                             principal amount of the Old Notes is outstanding.
 
Expiration Date............  5:00 p.m., New York City time, on August 31, 1998
                             as the same may be extended.
 
Conditions of the Exchange
  Offer....................  The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any
                             minimum principal amount of Old Notes being
                             tendered for exchange. The only condition to the
                             Exchange Offer is the declaration by the Commission
                             of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement
                             of which this Prospectus constitutes a part.
 
Accrued Interest...........  The New Notes will bear interest at a rate equal to
                             8 3/4% per annum. Interest shall accrue from April
                             3, 1998 or from the most recent interest payment
                             date with respect to the Old Notes to which
                             interest was paid or duly provided for. See
                             "Description of the Notes -- Principal, Maturity
                             and Interest."
 
Procedures for Tendering
Old Notes..................  Unless a tender of Old Notes is effected pursuant
                             to the procedures for book-entry transfer as
                             provided herein, each holder desiring to accept the
                             Exchange Offer must complete and sign the Letter of
                             Transmittal, have the signature thereon guaranteed
                             if required by the Letter of Transmittal, and mail
                             or deliver the Letter of Transmittal, together with
                             the Old Notes or a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
                             and any other required documents (such as evidence
                             of authority to act, if the Letter of Transmittal
                             is signed by someone acting in a fiduciary or
                             representative capacity), to the Exchange
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   6
 
                             Agent (as defined herein) at the address set forth
                             on the back cover page of this Prospectus prior to
                             5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration
                             Date. Any beneficial owner of the Old Notes whose
                             Old Notes are registered in the name of a nominee,
                             such as a broker, dealer, commercial bank or trust
                             company and who wishes to tender Old Notes in the
                             Exchange Offer, should instruct such entity or
                             person to promptly tender on such beneficial
                             owner's behalf. See "The Exchange
                             Offer -- Procedures for Tendering."
 
Guaranteed Delivery
  Procedures...............  Holders of Old Notes who wish to tender their Old
                             Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not immediately
                             available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Old
                             Notes or any other documents required by the Letter
                             of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent prior to the
                             Expiration Date (or complete the procedure for
                             book-entry transfer on a timely basis), may tender
                             their Old Notes according to the guaranteed
                             delivery procedures set forth in the Letter of
                             Transmittal. See "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed
                             Delivery Procedures."
 
Acceptance of Old Notes and
  Delivery of New Notes....  Upon effectiveness of the Registration Statement of
                             which this Prospectus constitutes a part and
                             consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Company
                             will accept any and all Old Notes that are properly
                             tendered in the Exchange Offer prior to 5:00 p.m.,
                             New York City time, on the Expiration Date. The New
                             Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be
                             delivered promptly after acceptance of the Old
                             Notes. See "The Exchange Offer -- Terms of Exchange
                             Offer."
 
Withdrawal Rights..........  Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time
                             prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
                             Expiration Date. See "The Exchange
                             Offer -- Withdrawal of Tenders."
 
The Exchange Agent.........  State Street Bank and Trust Company is the exchange
                             agent (in such capacity, the "Exchange Agent"). The
                             address and telephone number of the Exchange Agent
                             are set forth in "The Exchange Offer -- The
                             Exchange Agent."
 
Fees and Expenses..........  All expenses incident to the Company's consummation
                             of the Exchange Offer and compliance with the
                             Registration Rights Agreement will be borne by the
                             Company. The Company will also pay certain transfer
                             taxes applicable to the Exchange Offer. See "The
                             Exchange Offer -- Fees and Expenses."
 
Resales of the New Notes...  Based on existing interpretations by the staff of
                             the Commission set forth in no-action letters
                             issued to third parties, the Company believes that
                             New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer to
                             a holder in exchange for Old Notes may be offered
                             for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by a
                             holder (other than (i) a broker-dealer who
                             purchased the Old Notes directly from the Company
                             for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the
                             Securities Act or any other available exemption
                             under the Securities Act or (ii) a person that is
                             an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of
                             Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without
                             compliance with the registration and prospectus
                             delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided
                             that such holder is acquiring the New Notes in the
                             ordinary course of
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   7
 
                             business and is not participating, and has no
                             arrangement or understanding with any person to
                             participate, in a distribution of the New Notes.
                             Holders wishing to accept the Exchange Offer must
                             represent to the Company, as required by the
                             Registration Rights Agreement, that such conditions
                             have been met. In addition, if such holder is not a
                             broker-dealer, it must represent that it is not
                             engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a
                             distribution of the New Notes. Each broker-dealer
                             that receives New Notes in exchange for Old Notes,
                             where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker
                             as a result of market-making or other trading
                             activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a
                             prospectus in connection with any resale of such
                             New Notes. For a period of one year from the
                             Expiration Date, the Company will make this
                             Prospectus, as amended or supplemented available to
                             any broker-dealer for use in connection with any
                             such resale. See "The Exchange Offer -- General."
 
Effect of Not Tendering Old
  Notes for Exchange.......  Old Notes that are not tendered or that are not
                             properly tendered will, following the expiration of
                             the Exchange Offer, continue to be subject to the
                             existing restrictions upon transfer thereof. The
                             Company will have no further obligations to provide
                             for the registration under the Securities Act of
                             such Old Notes and such Old Notes will, following
                             the expiration of the Exchange Offer, bear interest
                             at the same rate as the New Notes. See "The
                             Exchange Offer -- Interest on the New Notes."
 
Certain Federal Income Tax
  Consequences.............  The Company believes that the exchange pursuant to
                             the Exchange Offer will not be a taxable event for
                             federal income tax purposes.
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   8
 
                                   THE NOTES
 
Securities Offered.........  $130,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8 3/4%
                             Series B Senior Notes due 2008.
 
Maturity Date..............  April 15, 2008.
 
Interest Payment Dates.....  April 15 and October 15, commencing October 15,
                             1998.
 
Optional Redemption........  The Notes will be redeemable at the Company's
                             option, in whole or in part, at any time on or
                             after April 15, 2003 at the redemption prices set
                             forth herein, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
                             any, to the date of redemption. In addition, at any
                             time on or prior to April 15, 2001, the Company may
                             redeem up to 35% of the sum of (i) the initial
                             aggregate principal amount of the Notes and (ii)
                             the initial aggregate principal amount of any
                             additional Notes with the net proceeds of one or
                             more Public Equity Offerings (as defined herein) at
                             a redemption price equal to 108.75% of the
                             principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
                             interest, if any, to the date of redemption;
                             provided that at least 65% of the initial aggregate
                             principal amount of the Notes remains outstanding.
                             See "Description of the Notes -- Optional
                             Redemption."
 
Ranking....................  The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the
                             Company, and will rank senior in right of payment
                             to all other existing and future subordinated
                             indebtedness of the Company and pari passu in right
                             of payment with all obligations of the Company
                             under the Revolving Credit Agreement (as defined
                             herein) and all other existing and future
                             unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company.
                             However, borrowings under the Revolving Credit
                             Agreement are secured by substantially all accounts
                             receivable and inventories of the Company and,
                             accordingly, the Notes will be effectively
                             subordinated to the borrowings outstanding under
                             the Revolving Credit Agreement to the extent of the
                             value of the assets securing such borrowings. As of
                             March 31, 1998, on a pro forma basis after giving
                             effect to the Refinancing, the Company would have
                             had approximately $69.6 million of senior
                             indebtedness outstanding other than the Notes, of
                             which $33.7 million would have been indebtedness
                             secured under the Revolving Credit Agreement. The
                             Indenture permits the Company and its subsidiaries
                             to incur additional indebtedness (including secured
                             indebtedness), subject to certain limitations. See
                             "Description of the Notes."
 
Guarantees.................  The Notes are unconditionally guaranteed on a joint
                             and several basis (the "Subsidiary Guarantees") by
                             the Subsidiary Guarantors, subject to certain
                             exceptions. The Subsidiary Guarantees rank senior
                             to all existing and future subordinated
                             indebtedness of the Subsidiary Guarantors and pari
                             passu with all other unsubordinated indebtedness of
                             the Subsidiary Guarantors, including the guarantees
                             of indebtedness under the Revolving Credit
                             Agreement. See "Description of the
                             Notes -- Subsidiary Guarantees."
 
Change of Control..........  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as
                             defined herein), the Company will be required to
                             make an offer to repurchase all outstanding Notes
                             at 101% of the principal amount thereof plus
                             accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of
                             repurchase. See
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   9
 
                             "Description of the Notes -- Repurchase at the
                             Option of Holders -- Change of Control."
 
Covenants..................  The Indenture restricts, among other things, the
                             Company's ability to incur additional indebtedness,
                             pay dividends or make certain other restricted
                             payments, create certain liens, transfer assets to
                             subsidiaries, issue preferred stock of subsidiaries
                             and, enter into certain transactions with
                             stockholders and affiliates, certain mergers and
                             consolidations, and certain asset sales. The
                             Indenture also limits restrictions on the ability
                             of subsidiaries to make dividends and other
                             distributions to the Company. See "Description of
                             the Notes -- Certain Covenants."
 
Exchange Offer;
Registration Rights........  Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the
                             Company filed with the Commission, within 60 days
                             following the Closing Date, and will use its best
                             efforts to cause to become effective within 120
                             days of the Closing Date, a registration statement
                             with respect to the Exchange Offer for a new issue
                             of debt securities of the Company registered under
                             the Securities Act, with terms substantially
                             identical to those of the Notes. If the Exchange
                             Offer is not permitted by applicable law or is not
                             consummated within 150 days of the Closing Date, or
                             in certain other circumstances, the Company will be
                             required to provide a shelf registration statement
                             with respect to resales of the Notes by the holders
                             thereof. If the Company fails to satisfy these
                             registration obligations, special interest will
                             accrue and be payable on the Notes either
                             temporarily or until the maturity date of the
                             Notes. See "Exchange Offer -- Terms of the Exchange
                             Offer."
 
Use of Proceeds............  The Company used the net proceeds from the Prior
                             Offering of $127 million to redeem the First
                             Mortgage Notes and will use the remaining proceeds
                             to repay $20 million of the Company's Subordinated
                             Intercompany Note and amounts owed under the
                             Company's Revolving Credit Agreement and for
                             general corporate purposes.
 
                             The Company will not receive any proceeds from the
                             Exchange Offer.
 
     There has previously been only a limited secondary market, and no public
market, for the Old Notes. The Old Notes are eligible for trading in the Private
Offering, Resales and Trading through Automatic Linkages ("PORTAL") market. In
addition, the Initial Purchaser has advised the Company that it currently
intends to make a market in the New Notes; however, the Initial Purchaser is not
obligated to do so and any market making activities may be discontinued by the
Initial Purchaser at any time. Therefore, there can be no assurance that an
active market for the New Notes will develop. If such a trading market develops
for the New Notes, future trading prices will depend on many factors, including,
among other things, prevailing interest rates, the Company's results of
operations and the market for similar securities. Depending on such factors, the
New Notes may trade at a discount from their face value. See "Risk
Factors -- Absence of Public Market for the Notes."
 
     The Old Notes were issued originally in global form (the "Global Old
Note"). The Global Old Note was deposited with, or on behalf of, The Depository
Trust Company (the "DTC") and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee
of DTC (such nominee being referred to herein as the "Global Note Holder"). The
use of the Global Old Note to represent certain of the Old Notes permits DTC
participants, and anyone holding a beneficial interest in an Old Note registered
in the name of such a participant, to transfer interests in the Old Notes
electronically in accordance with DTC's established
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   10
 
procedures without the need to transfer a physical certificate. New Notes issued
in exchange for the Global Old Note will also be issued initially as a note in
global form (the "Global New Note" and, together with the Global Old Note, the
"Global Notes") and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC. After the initial
issuance of the Global New Note, New Notes in certificated form will be issued
in exchange for a holder's proportionate interest in the Global New Note only as
set forth in the Indenture.
 
     Any Old Notes not tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer will remain
outstanding and will be entitled to all the same rights and will be subject to
the same limitations applicable thereto under the Indenture (except for those
rights which terminate upon consummation of the Exchange Offer). Following
consummation of the Exchange Offer, the holders of Old Notes will continue to be
subject to the existing restrictions upon transfer thereof and the Company will
have no further obligation to such holders (other than to certain holders under
certain limited circumstances) to provide for registration under the Securities
Act of the Old Notes held by them. To the extent that Old Notes are tendered and
accepted in the Exchange Offer, a holder's ability to sell untendered Old Notes
could be adversely affected.
 
     This Prospectus, together with the Letter of Transmittal is being sent to
all registered holders of Old Notes as of July 31, 1998.
 
     The Company will not receive any proceeds from this Exchange Offer.
Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will bear certain
registration expenses.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   11
 
           SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The following table sets forth certain unaudited pro forma financial
information and certain historical information of the Company. The following
unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations of the Company for the
year ended March 31, 1998 gives effect to the Prior Offering and the application
of the proceeds therefrom, as if the Prior Offering had occurred on April 1,
1997. The following unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data of the
Company at March 31, 1998 gives effect to the Prior Offering and the application
of the proceeds therefrom, as if the Prior Offering had occurred on March 31,
1998. The summary historical financial data for the year ended March 31, 1998
has been derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the Company's
audited consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included
elsewhere in this Prospectus, and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
     The unaudited summary pro forma financial information for the Company for
the year ended March 31, 1998 is for illustrative purposes only and is not
necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations and financial
position of the Company would have been as of and for the periods indicated, nor
does it purport to represent the Company's future financial position and results
of operations. Such unaudited summary pro forma financial information has been
derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the Company's unaudited
pro forma consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   12
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   PRO FORMA
                                                                           -------------------------
                                                               ACTUAL                     YEAR ENDED
                                                             FISCAL YEAR                  MARCH 31,
                                                                1998       ADJUSTMENTS       1998
                                                             -----------   ------------   ----------
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>            <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
Net sales..................................................   $664,566            --       $664,566
Operating expenses:
  Cost of sales............................................    540,422            --        540,422
  Selling and administrative...............................     27,811            --         27,811
  Depreciation.............................................     19,494            --         19,494
  Amortization of goodwill.................................      4,130            --          4,130
                                                              --------       -------       --------
Income from operations.....................................     72,709            --         72,709
Other expenses:
  Interest.................................................     19,775        (1,407)(a)     18,368
  Amortization of deferred financing costs.................        652          (256)(b)        396
                                                              --------       -------       --------
                                                                20,427        (1,663)        18,764
 
Income before income taxes and extraordinary item..........     52,282         1,663         53,945
Income taxes...............................................     22,000           648(c)      22,648
                                                              --------       -------       --------
Income before extraordinary item...........................     30,282         1,015         31,297
Extraordinary item.........................................         --        (2,440)(d)     (2,440)
                                                              --------       -------       --------
Net income.................................................   $ 30,282       $(1,425)      $ 28,857
                                                              ========       =======       ========
Basic earnings (loss) per common share:
  Income before extraordinary item.........................   $   3.00       $  0.10       $   3.10
  Extraordinary item.......................................   $     --       $ (0.24)      $  (0.24)
  Net income...............................................   $   3.00       $ (0.14)      $   2.86
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:
  Income before extraordinary item.........................   $   2.98       $  0.10       $   3.08
  Extraordinary item.......................................   $     --       $ (0.24)      $  (0.24)
  Net income...............................................   $   2.98       $ (0.14)      $   2.84
Basic weighted average shares outstanding (000s)...........     10,103                       10,103
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding (000s).........     10,174                       10,174
Cash dividends declared per common share...................   $   0.60       $    --       $   0.60
OTHER CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA AND SELECTED RATIOS:
EBITDA(1)..................................................   $100,556                     $100,556
EBITDA margin..............................................       15.1%                        15.1%
Capital expenditures.......................................   $ 21,107                     $ 21,107
Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense(2).....................        4.9x                         5.4x
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(3)......................        3.4x                         3.6x
Ratio of total debt to EBITDA(4)...........................        2.2x                         2.2x
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA (END OF PERIOD):
Current assets.............................................   $210,610                     $209,352
Current liabilities........................................     87,917                       86,574
Working capital............................................    122,693                      122,778
Total assets...............................................    562,130                      562,344
Long term debt.............................................    214,465                      218,123
Shareholders' equity.......................................    185,715                      183,614
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) EBITDA represents income from operations plus depreciation, amortization and
    non-cash deferred compensation expense and excludes gains or losses from
    asset sales. EBITDA is presented because it is a widely accepted financial
    indicator of a company's ability to service indebtedness and a similar
    measure is used in the Indenture to determine compliance with certain
    covenants. However, EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to
    income from operations or to cash flows from operating activities (as
    determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) and
    should not be construed as an indication of a company's operating
    performance or as a measure of liquidity.
(2) In calculating the ratio of EBITDA to interest expense, interest expense
    includes amortization of deferred financing costs (excluding the
    extraordinary item). See "Capitalization."
(3) In calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of
    income before income taxes and extraordinary item plus fixed charges. Fixed
    charges consist of interest incurred (which includes amortization of
    deferred financing costs (excluding the extraordinary item)) whether
    expensed or
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   13
 
    capitalized and one-third of rental expense, deemed representative of that
    portion of rental expense estimated to be attributable to interest.
(4) In calculating the ratio of total debt (long term plus short term) to
    EBITDA, total debt equals pro forma total debt as of March 31, 1998. See
    "Capitalization." EBITDA equals pro forma EBITDA for the year ended March
    31, 1998.
 
                  NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data as of March 31, 1998 and for the
year ended March 31, 1998 give effect to the following unaudited pro forma
adjustments.
 
<TABLE>
<S>  <C>                                                           <C>
(a)  Adjust annual interest expense to reflect new debt structure
     consisting of the following: issuance of $130 million 8 3/4%
     Senior Notes, redemption of $100 million 11 1/2% First
     Mortgage Notes, payoff of $20 million Subordinated
     Intercompany Note, and use of remaining proceeds to lower
     outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit
     Agreement...................................................  $(2,063)
     To reflect one-time net interest costs associated with 41
     day period during which First Mortgage Notes may not be
     redeemed, and 90 day period before Subordinated Intercompany
     Note is paid off, partially offset by proceeds invested in
     overnight funds.............................................      656
                                                                   -------
     Net interest expense adjustment.............................  $(1,407)
                                                                   =======
(b)  Adjust amortization of deferred financing costs to reflect
     Senior Notes annual expense of $300,000 and savings of
     $556,000 related to First Mortgage Notes....................  $  (256)
                                                                   =======
(c)  Adjust income tax expense for adjustments in (a) & (b) notes
     at approximately 39% effective tax rate.....................  $   648
                                                                   =======
(d)  Record extraordinary item to reflect writeoff of unamortized
     deferred finance costs and call premium associated with
     redemption of the First Mortgage Notes, net of 39% effective
     tax benefit.................................................  $(2,440)
                                                                   =======
</TABLE>
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   14
 
                      SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
 
     The summary statement of operations and balance sheet data for the years
presented are derived from the audited financial statements of the Company. The
results for the year ended March 31, 1998 are not necessarily indicative of the
results to be expected for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1999. Certain
reclassifications have been made to the March 31, 1994 financial data to conform
with the financial data of the other periods presented. The following financial
data for the years presented are qualified in their entirety by reference to the
more detailed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto, included
elsewhere in this Prospectus, and should be read in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                               ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                 1994       1995       1996       1997       1998
                                                               --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND AVERAGE DATA)
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
Net sales...................................................   $547,118   $639,908   $628,404   $617,289   $664,566
Operating expenses:
  Cost of sales.............................................    498,692    545,725    533,965    531,190    540,422
  Selling and administrative................................     27,293     29,959     29,605     29,068     27,811
  Depreciation..............................................     15,369     14,046     14,619     16,654     19,494
  Amortization of goodwill..................................      4,061      4,130      4,130      4,130      4,130
  Other operating expenses(1)...............................     10,920         --     16,013         --         --
                                                               --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                556,335    593,860    598,332    581,042    591,857
Income (loss) from operations...............................     (9,217)    46,048     30,072     36,247     72,709
Other expenses:
  Interest..................................................     21,027     23,330     22,000     19,473     19,775
  Amortization of deferred financing costs..................      2,552      2,863      1,956        934        652
                                                               --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                 23,579     26,193     23,956     20,407     20,427
Income (loss) before income taxes (benefit) & extraordinary
  item......................................................    (32,796)    19,855      6,116     15,840     52,282
Income taxes (benefit)......................................    (10,833)     9,354      3,996      7,788     22,000
                                                               --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item.....................    (21,963)    10,501      2,120      8,052     30,282
Extraordinary item, net of income tax benefit(2)............       (748)        --         --         --         --
                                                               --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Net income (loss)...........................................   $(22,711)  $ 10,501   $  2,120   $  8,052   $ 30,282
                                                               ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
Basic earnings (loss) per common share:
  Income (loss) before extraordinary item...................   $  (2.20)  $   1.05   $   0.21   $   0.80   $   3.00
  Extraordinary item........................................   $  (0.07)  $     --   $     --   $     --   $     --
  Net income (loss).........................................   $  (2.27)  $   1.05   $   0.21   $   0.80   $   3.00
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:
  Income (loss) before extraordinary item...................   $  (2.20)  $   1.05   $   0.21   $   0.80   $   2.98
  Extraordinary item........................................   $  (0.07)  $     --   $     --   $     --   $     --
  Net income (loss).........................................   $  (2.27)  $   1.05   $   0.21   $   0.80   $   2.98
Cash dividends declared per common share....................   $     --   $     --   $     --   $     --   $    .60
                                                               ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA AND SELECTED RATIOS:
EBITDA(3)...................................................   $ 19,313   $ 65,574   $ 64,033   $ 58,323   $100,556
EBITDA margin...............................................        3.5%      10.2%      10.2%       9.4%      15.1%
Capital expenditures........................................   $ 18,193   $ 25,781   $ 36,894   $ 34,382     21,107
Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense(4)......................        0.8x       2.5x       2.7x       2.9x       4.9x
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(5).......................          *        1.7x       1.2x       1.7x       3.4x
Ratio of total debt to EBITDA...............................       12.8x       4.0x       4.2x       4.1x       2.2x
BALANCE SHEET DATA (END OF PERIOD):
Current assets..............................................   $187,672   $223,444   $200,109   $182,519   $210,610
Current liabilities.........................................     76,006    102,080     85,588     73,792     87,917
Working capital.............................................    111,666    121,364    114,521    108,727    122,693
Total assets................................................    523,706    561,748    554,896    535,685    562,130
Long term debt..............................................    247,128    243,030    252,525    237,474    214,465
Shareholders' equity........................................    124,999    137,750    141,747    150,564    185,715
</TABLE>
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   15
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                 ----------------------------------------------
                                                                 1994      1995      1996      1997       1998
                                                                 -----     -----     -----     -----     ------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND AVERAGE
                                                                                     DATA)
<S>                                                              <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
SELECTED OPERATING DATA:
Shipped Tons
  Stock rebar...............................................       466       536       508       472        550
  Merchant bar..............................................       468       549       544       512        576
  Rod.......................................................       121       129       133       105         92
                                                                 -----     -----     -----     -----     ------
  Subtotal mill finished goods..............................     1,055     1,214     1,185     1,089      1,218
  Fabricated rebar..........................................       330       347       315       326        338
  Billets...................................................       263       141       175       281        172
                                                                 -----     -----     -----     -----     ------
  Total shipped tons........................................     1,648     1,702     1,675     1,696      1,728
                                                                 =====     =====     =====     =====     ======
Average mill finished goods prices (per ton)................      $310      $342      $337      $333       $351
Average yielded scrap cost (per ton)........................       119       130       131       130        133
Average metal spread (per ton)(6)...........................       191       212       206       203        218
Average mill conversion costs (per ton).....................       146       135       135       138        129
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
 *  Amount results in a deficiency.
(1) In the fiscal year ended March 31, 1994, the Company recorded a $10.3
    million charge related to the closing of the Tampa melt shop and a $0.6
    million charge related to closing the Fort Myers, Florida and Woodbridge,
    Virginia fabrication shop facilities. In the fiscal year ended March 31,
    1996, the Company recorded a $15.0 million charge related to the closing of
    the Tampa rolling mill and a $1.0 million charge for the closure of other
    facilities.
(2) In the fiscal year ended March 31, 1994, the Company incurred a charge of
    $748,000, net of income tax benefits, as a result of redeeming $20 million
    of the 14.5% subordinated debentures at a premium of 6% or $1.2 million.
(3) EBITDA represents income from operations plus depreciation, amortization and
    non-cash deferred compensation expense and excludes gains or losses from
    asset sales and non-recurring charges. EBITDA is presented because it is a
    widely accepted financial indicator of a company's ability to service
    indebtedness and a similar measure is used in the Indenture to determine
    compliance with certain covenants. However, EBITDA should not be considered
    as an alternative to income from operations or to cash flows from operating
    activities (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
    principles) and should not be construed as an indication of a company's
    operating performance or as a measure of liquidity.
(4) In calculating the ratio of EBITDA to interest expense, interest expense
    includes amortization of deferred financing costs (excluding the
    extraordinary item).
(5) In calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of
    income before income taxes and extraordinary item plus fixed charges. Fixed
    charges consist of interest incurred (which includes amortization of
    deferred financing costs) whether expensed or capitalized and one-third of
    rental expense, deemed representative of that portion of rental expense
    estimated to be attributable to interest. Earnings were inadequate to cover
    fixed charges for fiscal 1994 by $7.6 million.
(6) Average metal spread equals average mill finished goods prices minus average
    yielded scrap cost.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   16
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     Before purchasing the Notes offered hereby, a prospective investor should
consider the following specific factors, as well as the other information
included in this Prospectus, in evaluating the Company, its business and the
Notes.
 
SIGNIFICANT INDEBTEDNESS AND DEBT SERVICE
 
     The Company has significant outstanding indebtedness. As of March 31, 1998,
on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Refinancing, the Company would
have had approximately $69.6 million of senior Indebtedness outstanding other
than the Notes, of which $33.7 million would have been indebtedness secured
under the Revolving Credit Agreement. See "Capitalization." In addition, subject
to the limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Company and its subsidiaries
could have incurred additional indebtedness, including up to an additional $61.1
million under the Revolving Credit Agreement. See "Selected Financial Data."
 
     The Company's leverage will have important consequences to the Holders,
including the following: (i) the ability of the Company in the future to obtain
additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or
other purposes may be limited; (ii) a significant portion of the Company's cash
flow from operations will be required to meet the Company's debt service
obligations, which will reduce the funds available to the Company for its
operations and future business opportunities; (iii) the Company's degree of
leverage may make it more vulnerable to a downturn in its business and may limit
its ability to respond to price competition or changes in the economy generally;
and (iv) the Company may not have sufficient funds to repay or refinance the
Notes at maturity.
 
     The Company's ability to make scheduled payments on the principal of, or
interest on, or to refinance, its indebtedness will depend on its future
operating performance and cash flow, which are subject to prevailing economic
conditions, prevailing interest rate levels, and financial, competitive,
business and other factors, many of which are beyond its control, as well as the
availability of borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement or successor
agreements. However, based upon the current and anticipated level of operations,
the Company believes that the amounts available from operating cash flows and
funds available through its Revolving Credit Agreement will be sufficient to
meet its expected operational cash needs, planned capital expenditures and
expected dividend payments for the foreseeable future. There can be no
assurance, however, that the Company's business will continue to generate cash
flow at or above current levels. If the Company is unable to generate sufficient
cash flow from operations in the future to service its indebtedness, it may be
required to refinance all or a portion of its existing indebtedness, including
the Notes, or to obtain additional financing. There can be no assurance that any
such refinancing would be possible or that any additional financing could be
obtained. The inability to obtain other additional financing could have a
material adverse effect on the Company.
 
RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS AND ASSET ENCUMBRANCES
 
     The Revolving Credit Agreement and the Indenture contain numerous
restrictive covenants, which limit the discretion of the management of the
Company with respect to certain business matters. These covenants place
significant restrictions on, among other things, the ability of the Company to
incur additional indebtedness, to create liens or other encumbrances, to pay
dividends or make other restricted payments, to make investments, loans and
guarantees and to sell or otherwise dispose of a substantial portion of assets
to, or merge or consolidate with, another entity. The Revolving Credit Agreement
also contains a number of financial covenants that require the Company to meet
certain financial ratios and tests and provide that a "change of control" will
constitute an event of default. A failure to comply with the obligations
contained in the Revolving Credit Agreement or the Indenture, if not cured or
waived, could permit acceleration of the related indebtedness and acceleration
of indebtedness under other instruments that contain cross-acceleration or
cross-default provisions.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   17
 
     In addition, the obligations of the Company under the Revolving Credit
Agreement are secured by substantially all accounts receivable and inventory of
the Company. As the Notes are unsecured, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees
will be effectively subordinated to the loans outstanding under the Revolving
Credit Agreement and the guarantees by the subsidiaries of such loans, to the
extent of the value of the assets securing such loans and guarantees. In the
case of an event of default under the Revolving Credit Agreement, the lenders
under the Revolving Credit Agreement would be entitled to exercise the remedies
available to a secured lender under applicable law. If the Company were
obligated to repay all or a significant portion of its indebtedness, there can
be no assurance that the Company would have sufficient cash to do so or that the
Company could successfully refinance such indebtedness. Other indebtedness of
the Company that may be incurred in the future may contain financial or other
covenants more restrictive than those applicable to the Revolving Credit
Agreement or the Notes.
 
HIGHLY CYCLICAL INDUSTRY
 
     The domestic steel industry and the Company's business are highly cyclical
in nature. The Company is particularly sensitive to the presence or absence of
sustained economic growth and accompanying construction activity since rebar is
used to reinforce concrete in the construction of high rise commercial
buildings, highways, bridges and dams, and other public and private construction
projects. Demand for the Company's merchant bar products is tied less to
construction activity and more to general economic activity. Future economic
downturns or a slowdown in construction activity could adversely affect the
Company's results of operations and financial condition.
 
AVAILABILITY AND COST OF RAW MATERIALS
 
     The Company's principal raw material is ferrous scrap metal derived from,
among other sources, junked automobiles, railroad cars, appliances and
demolition scrap. Scrap comprised approximately 46% of the Company's cost of
sales in fiscal 1998. The purchase price for scrap is subject to market forces
beyond the control of the Company, including demand by domestic and foreign
steel producers, freight costs, speculation by scrap brokers and other
conditions. As minimills have steadily increased their share of supplying U.S.
steel demand, demand for scrap has also increased.
 
     The ability to pass on increases in raw material prices to the Company's
customers is, to a large extent, dependent on market conditions. There may be
periods of time in which increases in raw material prices are not recoverable by
the Company due to an inability to increase the selling prices of its products
because of weakness in the demand for, or an oversupply of, such products.
Increases in raw material prices, during such periods, may have a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and financial condition.
See "Business -- Raw Materials."
 
     The Company buys substantially all of the scrap it requires through one
broker, The David J. Joseph Company, which also operates shredders for the
Company at the Jacksonville and Jackson mills. The Company believes that it
could readily obtain adequate supplies of scrap, if warranted, from a number of
other sources at competitive prices.
 
HIGHLY COMPETITIVE INDUSTRY; EXCESS PRODUCTION CAPACITY
 
     The domestic and foreign steel industries are characterized by intense
competition. The Company competes primarily with domestic minimill producers of
commodity grade steel bar products, although foreign competition can also be a
factor depending on the level of domestic prices, foreign government subsidies
and exchange rates. The Company competes primarily on the basis of price,
product quality, and reliability of service and delivery. The Company believes
that its competitive production costs, the proximity of its mills to major
markets and customers, and its long-standing reputation for quality products and
service will ensure its competitive position in the industry, although there can
be no assurance that competition will not have an adverse effect in the future.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   18
 
     Overall consumption of steel products in the U.S. has not grown with the
economy as a whole during the past decade. Although the operations of domestic
steel producers have been scaled back as a result of corporate reorganizations
and bankruptcies, there still exists, taking into account current levels of
imports and announced capacity additions, significant excess production capacity
in the domestic steel industry as a whole. There can be no assurance that such
excess production capacity will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's results of operation and financial condition.
 
SEASONALITY; VARIABILITY OF QUARTERLY RESULTS
 
     The Company has historically experienced and expects to continue to
experience seasonal fluctuations in its revenues and net income. Revenues can
fluctuate significantly between quarters due to factors such as the seasonal
slowdown in the construction industry, which is an important market for the
Company's finished steel products. In the past, the Company has generally
experienced its lowest sales during the third and fourth quarters of its fiscal
year.
 
DEPENDENCE ON SOUTHEASTERN MARKET
 
     Sales to customers in the southeastern U.S. in recent years have accounted
for approximately one-third of the Company's total sales. Due to the relatively
high transport costs associated with the delivery of the Company's products
beyond this region, the Company does not believe that it can expand sales
significantly outside of the region without the acquisition of additional
facilities. Accordingly, the Company believes the economic condition of this
regional market will continue to have a material effect on sales and
profitability of the Company.
 
POTENTIAL COSTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE
 
     The Company is subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations
governing the remediation of environmental contamination associated with past
releases of hazardous substances and to extensive federal, state, and local laws
and regulations governing discharges to the air and water as well as the
handling and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes and employee health and
safety (collectively, "Environmental Laws"). Governmental authorities have the
power to enforce compliance with these requirements, and violators may be
subject to civil or criminal penalties, injunctions or both. Third parties also
may have the right to sue for damages to enforce compliance.
 
     The electric arc furnaces at each of the Company's four mills are
classified as generators of hazardous waste because the melting operation
produces dust containing heavy metals (principally zinc, lead, chromium and
cadmium). The Company also owns or has owned properties, and conducts or has
conducted operations at properties, which have been assessed as contaminated
with hazardous or other regulated substances, or as otherwise requiring remedial
action under Environmental Laws. Moreover, environmental legislation has been
enacted, and may in the future be enacted, to create liability for past actions
that were lawful at the time taken but that have been found to affect the
environment and to create public rights of action for environmental conditions
and activities. Under some of these Environmental Laws a company that has sent
waste to a third party waste disposal site could be held liable for the entire
cost of remediating such site regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the
original disposal activity.
 
     Since April 1, 1994, the Company has spent approximately $34 million for
remediation under Environmental Laws for certain on-site and off-site locations.
The Company has estimated its potential costs for further remediation under
Environmental Laws at on-site and off-site locations to be approximately $12.7
million and has included this amount in the Company's recorded liabilities as of
March 31, 1998. Although the Company has established reserves for environmental
remediation, there is no assurance regarding the cost of remedial action
authorities might eventually require, or that additional environmental hazards,
requiring further remedial expenditures, might not be assessed by these
authorities or private parties. Accordingly the costs of remedial measures may
exceed the
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   19
 
amounts reserved. In addition, the Company may be subject to legal proceedings
brought by private parties or governmental agencies with respect to
environmental matters.
 
     Although it is the Company's policy to comply with all Environmental Laws
and the Company believes that it is currently in material compliance with all
Environmental Laws, there can be no assurance that material environmental
liabilities will not be incurred by the Company in the future or that future
compliance with Environmental Laws (whether those currently in effect or enacted
in the future) will not require additional expenditures by the Company or
require changes to the Company's current operations, any of which could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and financial
condition. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Compliance with Environmental Laws and Regulations" and
"Note I to March 31, 1998 consolidated financial statements -- Environmental
Matters."
 
INABILITY TO PURCHASE NOTES UPON A CHANGE OF CONTROL
 
     Upon a Change of Control (as defined in the Indenture), the Company is
required to offer to repurchase all outstanding Notes at 101% of the principal
amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. In
addition, a Change of Control would result in an event of default under the
Revolving Credit Agreement, which could result in the acceleration of the
Company's obligations thereunder. Any such requirement to offer to purchase
outstanding Notes could also result in the Company having to refinance the
indebtedness then outstanding under the Revolving Credit Agreement. There can be
no assurance that sufficient funds will be available at the time of any Change
of Control to make any required repurchases of Notes tendered or to refinance
such indebtedness outstanding under the Revolving Credit Agreement, or that
restrictions in the Revolving Credit Agreement will allow the Company to make
such required repurchases of Notes. In addition, the Company could enter into
certain transactions, including certain recapitalizations, that would not
constitute a Change of Control but would increase the amount of debt outstanding
at such time. See "Description of the Notes -- Repurchase at the Option of
Holders -- Change of Control."
 
VOTING CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDER
 
     Kyoei, through its wholly owned subsidiary, FLS Holdings Inc. ("FLS"), is
the beneficial owner of 9,000,000 shares of the Company's Class B Common Stock,
which Class B Common Stock is entitled to two votes per share and will represent
approximately 85.2% of the combined voting power of all classes of voting stock.
As a result, Kyoei has, and will continue to have, sufficient voting power to
elect the entire Board of Directors of the Company and, in general, to determine
(without the consent of the Company's other stockholders) the outcome of any
corporate transaction or other matters submitted to the stockholders for
approval. In addition, pursuant to terms of the Company's Articles of
Incorporation, additional shares of Class B Common Stock may be issued to Kyoei
or its wholly-owned subsidiaries. See "Management" and "Principal Stockholders."
 
FRAUDULENT CONVEYANCE CONSIDERATIONS
 
     Each Subsidiary Guarantor's guarantee of the obligations of the Company
under the Notes may be subject to review under relevant federal and state
fraudulent conveyance statutes (the "Fraudulent Conveyance Statutes") in a
bankruptcy, reorganization or rehabilitation case or similar proceeding or a
lawsuit by or on behalf of unpaid creditors of such Subsidiary Guarantors. If a
court were to find under relevant Fraudulent Conveyance Statutes that, at the
time the Notes were issued, (a) a Subsidiary Guarantor guaranteed the Notes with
the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding current or future creditors or
(b)(i) a Subsidiary Guarantor received less than reasonably equivalent value or
fair consideration for guaranteeing the Notes and (ii)(A) was insolvent or was
rendered insolvent by reason of such Note Guarantee, (B) was engaged, or about
to engage, in a business or transaction for which its assets constituted
unreasonably small capital, (C) intended to incur, or believed that it would
incur, obligations beyond its ability to pay as such obligations matured (as all
of the foregoing terms are defined in or interpreted under such Fraudulent
Conveyance Statutes) or
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   20
 
(D) was a defendant in an action for money damages, or had a judgment for money
damages docketed against it (if, in either case, after final judgment, the
judgment is unsatisfied), such court could avoid or subordinate such guarantee
of the Notes to presently existing and future indebtedness of such Subsidiary
Guarantor and take other action detrimental to the Holders, including, under
certain circumstances, invalidating such guarantee of the Notes.
 
     The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing considerations will
vary depending upon the federal or state law that is being applied in any such
proceeding. Generally, however, a Subsidiary Guarantor would be considered
insolvent if, at the time it incurred its Subsidiary Guarantee, either (i) the
fair market value (or fair saleable value) of its assets is less than the amount
required to pay the probable liability on its total existing indebtedness and
liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as they become absolute and
mature or (ii) it is incurring obligations beyond its ability to pay as such
obligations mature or become due.
 
     The Board of Directors and management of the Company believe that at the
time of issuance of the Notes and the guarantees of the Notes, each Subsidiary
Guarantor (i) will be (a) neither insolvent nor rendered insolvent thereby, (b)
in possession of sufficient capital to meet its obligations as the same mature
or become due and to operate its business effectively and (c) incurring
obligations within its ability to pay as the same mature or become due and (ii)
will have sufficient assets to satisfy any probable judgment against it in any
pending action. There can be no assurance, however, that such beliefs will prove
to be correct or that a court passing on such questions would reach the same
conclusions.
 
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE NOTES
 
     There is no existing trading market for the Notes. Although the Initial
Purchaser has advised the Company that it currently intends to make a market in
the Notes, it is not obligated to do so and may discontinue such market-making
at any time without notice. In addition, such market activity may be limited
during the Exchange Offer. Although the Notes are eligible for trading in the
PORTAL market, there can be no assurance as to the development of any market or
the liquidity of any market that may develop for the Notes or the Exchange
Notes.
 
     The Company filed, within 60 days after the initial issuance of the Notes,
a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Exchange
Notes and will use its best efforts to have such registration statement declared
effective by the Commission within 120 days after such initial issuance and
consummate such exchange offer within 150 days after such original issuance. The
Commission, however, has broad discretion to determine whether any registration
statements will be declared effective and may delay or deny the effectiveness of
any such registration statement filed by the Company for a variety of reasons.
Failure to have the registration statements declared effective could adversely
affect the liquidity and price of the Notes. If the Company does not comply with
its registration obligation with respect to the Notes in a timely manner, it
will be required to pay additional interest (in addition to the scheduled
interest) until such obligations are complied with. See "Exchange Offer -- Terms
of the Exchange Offer."
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   21
 
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
     The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of
March 31, 1998 and the pro forma capitalization adjusted as of such date to
reflect the Refinancing. The table should be read in conjunction with the
Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Offering Memorandum.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                AS OF MARCH 31,
                                                                      1998
                                                              --------------------
                                                               ACTUAL    PRO FORMA
                                                              --------   ---------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Short-term debt (including current portion of long-term
  debt).....................................................  $  7,106   $  7,106
                                                              ========   ========
Long-term debt (less current portion)
  Revolving Credit Agreement(1).............................  $ 40,070   $ 33,728
  Industrial Revenue Bonds..................................    34,395     34,395
  First Mortgage Notes......................................   100,000         --
  8 3/4% Senior Notes.......................................        --    130,000
  Subordinated Intercompany Note............................    40,000     20,000
                                                              --------   --------
          Total long-term debt..............................  $214,465   $218,123
 
Shareholders' equity(2):
  Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares
     authorized; no shares issued and outstanding...........        --         --
  Class B Common Stock, $0.01 par value, 22,000,000 shares
     authorized; 10,568,555 shares issued and outstanding...       106        106
  Capital in excess of par..................................   167,283    167,283
  Retained earnings.........................................    19,886     17,785
  Deferred compensation.....................................    (1,560)    (1,560)
                                                              --------   --------
          Total shareholders' equity........................  $185,715   $183,614
                                                              --------   --------
Total capitalization........................................  $400,180   $401,737
                                                              ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) In addition to the proceeds from the Prior Offering of $5.1 million,
    approximately $1.2 million of cash on hand has been applied to reduce prior
    amounts outstanding under the Company's Revolving Credit Agreement.
(2) Excludes 327,974 shares of Class B Common Stock issuable at an average
    exercise price of $12.71 on the exercise of stock options granted under the
    Company's option plans and outstanding as of March 31, 1998.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   22
 
             UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     The following Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Financial
Position of the Company at March 31, 1998 gives effect to the Prior Offering and
the application of the net proceeds therefrom as if each such event had occurred
on March 31, 1998. The following Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of
Operations of the Company for the year ended March 31, 1998 gives effect to the
Prior Offering and the application of the proceeds therefrom, as if the Prior
Offering had occurred on April 1, 1997. The Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated
Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated
financial statements of the Company, including the notes thereto, and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations." The Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements do not
purport to be indicative of the results that would have actually been obtained
had the Prior Offering been completed as of the assumed dates and for the
periods presented, or that may be obtained in the future.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              PRO FORMA
                                                                     ---------------------------
                                                         ACTUAL                       YEAR ENDED
                                                       FISCAL YEAR                    MARCH 31,
                                                          1998       ADJUSTMENTS         1998
                                                       -----------   ------------     ----------
                                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>              <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
Net sales............................................   $664,566       $    --         $664,566
Operating expenses:
  Cost of sales......................................    540,422            --          540,422
  Selling and administrative.........................     27,811            --           27,811
  Depreciation.......................................     19,494            --           19,494
  Amortization of goodwill...........................      4,130            --            4,130
                                                        --------       -------         --------
Income from operations...............................     72,709            --           72,709
Other expenses:
  Interest...........................................     19,775        (1,407)(a)       18,368
  Amortization of deferred financing costs...........        652          (256)(b)          396
                                                        --------       -------         --------
                                                          20,427        (1,663)          18,764
 
Income before income taxes and extraordinary item....     52,282         1,663           53,945
Income taxes.........................................     22,000           648(c)        22,648
                                                        --------       -------         --------
Income before extraordinary item.....................     30,282         1,015           31,297
Extraordinary item...................................         --        (2,440)(d)       (2,440)
                                                        --------       -------         --------
Net income...........................................   $ 30,282       $(1,425)        $ 28,857
                                                        ========       =======         ========
Basic earnings (loss) per common share:
  Income before extraordinary item...................   $   3.00       $  0.10         $   3.10
  Extraordinary item.................................   $     --       $ (0.24)        $  (0.24)
  Net income.........................................   $   3.00       $ (0.14)        $   2.86
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:
  Income before extraordinary item...................   $   2.98       $  0.10         $   3.08
  Extraordinary item.................................   $     --       $ (0.24)        $  (0.24)
  Net income.........................................   $   2.98       $ (0.14)        $   2.84
Basic weighted average shares outstanding (000s).....     10,103                         10,103
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding (000s)...     10,174                         10,174
</TABLE>
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   23
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              PRO FORMA
                                                          ACTUAL      --------------------------
                                                         MARCH 31,                    MARCH 31,
                                                           1998       ADJUSTMENTS        1998
                                                        -----------   ------------    ----------
                                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>             <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION:
Cash and cash equivalents.............................   $  1,258       $(1,258)(e)    $     --
Net accounts receivable...............................     73,330            --          73,330
Inventories...........................................    130,413            --         130,413
Deferred tax assets...................................      5,200            --           5,200
Other current assets..................................        409            --             409
                                                         --------       -------        --------
          Total current assets........................    210,610            --         209,352
Assets held for sale..................................     13,689            --          13,689
Property, plant and equipment, net....................    251,172            --         251,172
Goodwill..............................................     81,643            --          81,643
Deferred financing costs..............................      5,009         1,472(f)        6,481
Other assets..........................................          7            --               7
                                                         --------       -------        --------
          Total assets................................   $562,130       $   214        $562,344
                                                         --------       -------        --------
Trade accounts payables...............................   $ 49,518            --        $ 49,518
Salaries, wages and employee benefits.................     16,469            --          16,469
Current environmental remediation liabilities.........      4,863            --           4,863
Other current liabilities.............................      5,126        (1,343)(g)       3,783
Interest payable......................................      4,835            --           4,835
Current maturities of long-term borrowings............      7,106            --           7,106
                                                         --------       -------        --------
          Total current liabilities...................     87,917        (1,343)         86,574
Long-term borrowings, less current portion............    214,465         3,658(h)      218,123
Other liabilities.....................................     23,433            --          23,433
Deferred income taxes.................................     50,600            --          50,600
Shareholders' equity
  Class A common stock................................         --            --              --
  Class B common stock................................        106            --             106
  Capital in excess of par............................    167,283            --         167,283
  Retained earnings...................................     19,886        (2,101)(i)      17,785
  Deferred compensation...............................     (1,560)           --          (1,560)
                                                         --------       -------        --------
          Total shareholders' equity..................    185,715            --         183,614
                                                         --------       -------        --------
          Total liabilities and shareholders'
            equity....................................   $562,130       $   214        $562,344
                                                         --------       -------        --------
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
         NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     The Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements as of March 31,
1998 and for the year ended March 31, 1998 give effect to the following pro
forma adjustments:
 
<TABLE>
<S>  <C>                                                           <C>
(a)  Adjust annual interest expense to reflect new debt structure
     consisting of the following: issuance of $130 million 8 3/4%
     Senior Notes, redemption of $100 million 11 1/2% First
     Mortgage Notes, payoff of $20 million Subordinated
     Intercompany Note, and use of remaining proceeds to lower
     outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit
     Agreement...................................................  $(2,063)
     To reflect one-time net interest costs associated with 41
     day period during which First Mortgage Notes may not be
     redeemed, and 90 day period before Subordinated Intercompany
     Note is paid off, partially offset by proceeds invested in
     overnight funds.............................................  $   656
                                                                   -------
     Net interest expense adjustment.............................  $(1,407)
                                                                   =======
</TABLE>
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   24
<TABLE>
<S>  <C>                                                           <C>
(b)  Adjust amortization of deferred financing costs to reflect
     Senior Notes annual expense of $300,000 and savings of
     $556,000 related to First Mortgage Notes....................  $  (256)
                                                                   =======
(c)  Adjust income tax expense for adjustments in "a" and "b"
     notes at approximately 39% effective tax rate...............  $   648
                                                                   =======
(d)  Record extraordinary item to reflect writeoff of unamortized
     deferred finance costs and call premium associated with
     redemption of the First Mortgage Notes, net of 39% effective
     tax benefit.................................................  $(2,440)
                                                                   =======
(e)  To reflect use of available cash towards the costs
     associated with the Refinancing.............................  $(1,258)
                                                                   =======
(f)  To reflect the incurrence of $3,000 in deferred finance
     costs associated with the Senior Notes and the writeoff of
     $1,528 of unamortized deferred finance costs of the First
     Mortgage Notes..............................................  $ 1,472
                                                                   =======
(g)  To reflect the tax benefit of the extraordinary charge
     related to the redemption of the First Mortgage Notes.......  $ 1,343
                                                                   =======
(h)  To adjust long term debt to reflect the difference between
     the face value of the Senior Notes and the net proceeds, and
     the call premium associated with the First Mortgage Notes
     redemption, partially offset by the use of available cash...  $ 3,658
                                                                   =======
(i)  To reflect the after tax charge to retained earnings
     associated with the writeoff of unamortized deferred finance
     costs and the call premium related to the First Mortgage
     Notes redemption............................................  $(2,101)
                                                                   =======
</TABLE>
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   25
 
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The selected statement of operations and balance sheet data for the years
presented are derived from the audited financial statements of the Company. The
results for the year ended March 31, 1998 are not necessarily indicative of the
results to be expected for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1999. Certain
reclassifications have been made to the March 31, 1994 financial data to conform
with the financial data of the other periods presented. The following financial
data for the years presented are qualified in their entirety by reference to the
more detailed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto, included
elsewhere in this Prospectus, and should be read in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                              ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                1994       1995       1996       1997       1998
                                                              --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND AVERAGE DATA)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
Net sales..................................................   $547,118   $639,908   $628,404   $617,289   $664,566
Operating expenses:
  Cost of sales............................................    498,692    545,725    533,965    531,190    540,422
  Selling and administrative...............................     27,293     29,959     29,605     29,068     27,811
  Depreciation.............................................     15,369     14,046     14,619     16,654     19,494
  Amortization of goodwill.................................      4,061      4,130      4,130      4,130      4,130
  Other operating expenses(1)..............................     10,920         --     16,013         --         --
                                                              --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                               556,335    593,860    598,332    581,042    591,857
Income (loss) from operations..............................     (9,217)    46,048     30,072     36,247     72,709
Other expenses:
  Interest.................................................     21,027     23,330     22,000     19,473     19,775
  Amortization of deferred financing costs.................      2,552      2,863      1,956        934        652
                                                              --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                23,579     26,193     23,956     20,407     20,427
Income (loss) before income taxes (benefit) & extraordinary
  item.....................................................    (32,796)    19,855      6,116     15,840     52,282
Income taxes (benefit).....................................    (10,833)     9,354      3,996      7,788     22,000
                                                              --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item....................    (21,963)    10,501      2,120      8,052     30,282
Extraordinary item, net of income tax benefit(2)...........       (748)        --         --         --         --
                                                              --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Net income (loss)..........................................   $(22,711)  $ 10,501   $  2,120   $  8,052   $ 30,282
                                                              ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
Basic earnings (loss) per common share:
  Income (loss) before extraordinary item..................   $  (2.20)  $   1.05   $   0.21   $   0.80   $   3.00
  Extraordinary item.......................................   $  (0.07)  $     --   $     --   $     --   $     --
  Net income (loss)........................................   $  (2.27)  $   1.05   $   0.21   $   0.80   $   3.00
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:
  Income (loss) before extraordinary item..................   $  (2.20)  $   1.05   $   0.21   $   0.80   $   2.98
  Extraordinary item.......................................   $  (0.07)  $     --   $     --   $     --   $     --
  Net income (loss)........................................   $  (2.27)  $   1.05   $   0.21   $   0.80   $   2.98
Cash dividends declared per common share...................   $     --   $     --   $     --   $     --   $    .60
                                                              ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA AND SELECTED RATIOS:
EBITDA(3)..................................................   $ 19,313   $ 65,574   $ 64,033   $ 58,323   $100,556
EBITDA margin..............................................        3.5%      10.2%      10.2%       9.4%      15.1%
Capital expenditures.......................................   $ 18,193   $ 25,781   $ 36,894   $ 34,382     21,107
Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense(4).....................        0.8x       2.5x       2.7x       2.9x       4.9x
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(5)......................          *        1.7x       1.2x       1.7x       3.4x
Ratio of total debt to EBITDA..............................       12.8x       4.0x       4.2x       4.1x       2.2x
BALANCE SHEET DATA (END OF PERIOD):
Current assets.............................................   $187,672   $223,444   $200,109   $182,519   $210,610
Current liabilities........................................     76,006    102,080     85,588     73,792     87,917
Working capital............................................    111,666    121,364    114,521    108,727    122,693
Total assets...............................................    523,706    561,748    554,896    535,685    562,130
Long term debt.............................................    247,128    243,030    252,525    237,474    214,465
Shareholders' equity.......................................    124,999    137,750    141,747    150,564    185,715
</TABLE>
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   26
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                 ----------------------------------------------
                                                                 1994      1995      1996      1997       1998
                                                                 -----     -----     -----     -----     ------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND AVERAGE
                                                                                     DATA)
<S>                                                              <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
SELECTED OPERATING DATA:
Shipped Tons
  Stock rebar...............................................       466       536       508       472        550
  Merchant bar..............................................       468       549       544       512        576
  Rod.......................................................       121       129       133       105         92
                                                                 -----     -----     -----     -----     ------
  Subtotal mill finished goods..............................     1,055     1,214     1,185     1,089      1,218
  Fabricated rebar..........................................       330       347       315       326        338
  Billets...................................................       263       141       175       281        172
                                                                 -----     -----     -----     -----     ------
  Total shipped tons........................................     1,648     1,702     1,675     1,696      1,728
                                                                 =====     =====     =====     =====     ======
Average mill finished goods prices (per ton)................      $310      $342      $337      $333       $351
Average yielded scrap cost (per ton)........................       119       130       131       130        133
Average metal spread (per ton)(6)...........................       191       212       206       203        218
Average mill conversion costs (per ton).....................       146       135       135       138        129
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
 *  Amount results in a deficiency.
(1) In the fiscal year ended March 31, 1994, the Company recorded a $10.3
    million charge related to the closing of the Tampa melt shop and a $0.6
    million charge related to closing the Fort Myers, Florida and Woodbridge,
    Virginia fabrication shop facilities. In the fiscal year ended March 31,
    1996, the Company recorded a $15.0 million charge related to the closing of
    the Tampa rolling mill and a $1.0 million charge for the closure of other
    facilities.
(2) In the fiscal year ended March 31, 1994, the Company incurred a charge of
    $748,000, net of income tax benefits, as a result of redeeming $20 million
    of the 14.5% subordinated debentures at a premium of 6% or $1.2 million.
(3) EBITDA represents income from operations plus depreciation, amortization and
    non-cash deferred compensation expense and excludes gains or losses from
    asset sales and non-recurring charges. EBITDA is presented because it is a
    widely accepted financial indicator of a company's ability to service
    indebtedness and a similar measure is used in the Indenture to determine
    compliance with certain covenants. However, EBITDA should not be considered
    as an alternative to income from operations or to cash flows from operating
    activities (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
    principles) and should not be construed as an indication of a company's
    operating performance or as a measure of liquidity.
(4) In calculating the ratio of EBITDA to interest expense, interest expense
    includes amortization of deferred financing costs (excluding the
    extraordinary item).
(5) In calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of
    income before income taxes and extraordinary item plus fixed charges. Fixed
    charges consist of interest incurred (which includes amortization of
    deferred financing costs) whether expensed or capitalized and one-third of
    rental expense, deemed representative of that portion of rental expense
    estimated to be attributable to interest. Earnings were inadequate to cover
    fixed charges for fiscal 1994 by $7.6 million.
(6) Average metal spread equals average mill finished goods prices minus average
    yielded scrap cost.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   27
 
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     This Prospectus contains certain forward-looking statements that are based
on the beliefs of the Company's management, as well as assumptions made by, and
information currently available to, the Company's management. Such statements
include, among others, (i) the highly cyclical nature and seasonality of the
steel industry, (ii) the fluctuations in the cost and availability of raw
materials, (iii) the possibility of excess production capacity, (iv) the
potential costs of environmental compliance, (v) the risks associated with
potential acquisitions, (vi) further opportunities for industry consolidation,
(vii) the impact of inflation and (viii) the fluctuations in the cost of
electricity. Because such statements involve risks and uncertainties, actual
actions and strategies and the timing and expected results thereof may differ
materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements,
and the Company's future results, performance or achievements could differ
materially from those expressed in, or implied by, any such forward-looking
statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such material differences
include, but are not limited to, those discussed under "Risk Factors." The
following presentation of management's discussion and analysis of the Company's
financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with
the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto, and other
financial information, included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
GENERAL
 
     The results of operations of the Company are largely dependent on the level
of construction and general economic activity in the U.S. The Company's sales
are seasonal with sales in the Company's fiscal first and second quarters
generally stronger than the rest of the year. The Company's cost of sales
includes the cost of its primary raw material, steel scrap, the cost of
converting the scrap to finished steel products, the cost of warehousing and
handling finished steel products and freight costs. The following table sets
forth information regarding the historical results of operations:
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                                1996       1997       1998
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
                                                                       PERCENTAGES)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Net sales...................................................  $628,404   $617,289   $664,566
Cost of sales...............................................   533,965    531,190    540,422
Cost of sales as a percent of net sales.....................      85.0%      86.1%      81.3%
Selling and administrative..................................    29,605     29,068     27,811
Depreciation................................................    14,619     16,654     19,494
Amortization of goodwill....................................     4,130      4,130      4,130
Other operating expenses....................................    16,013         --         --
                                                              --------   --------   --------
          Income from operations............................  $ 30,072   $ 36,247   $ 72,709
Interest expense............................................    22,000     19,473     19,775
Amortization of deferred financing costs....................     1,956        934        652
Income taxes................................................     3,996      7,788     22,000
                                                              --------   --------   --------
          Net income........................................  $  2,120   $  8,052   $ 30,282
                                                              ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
                                       27
<PAGE>   28
 
  FISCAL 1998 VERSUS FISCAL 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            TONS SHIPPED (THOUSANDS)           AVERAGE SELLING PRICES (PER TON)
                            -------------------------          --------------------------------
                              YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,                   YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                            -------------------------          --------------------------------
                            1997                1998              1997                 1998
                            -----               -----          -----------          -----------
<S>                         <C>                 <C>            <C>                  <C>
Mill Finished Goods:
  Stock Rebar.............    472                 550             $316                 $331
  Merchant Bar............    512                 576              352                  371
  Rods....................    105                  92              322                  345
                            -----               -----             ----                 ----
                            1,089               1,218              333                  351
Fabricated Rebar..........    326                 338              451                  456
Billets...................    281                 172              227                  234
                            -----               -----
          Total...........  1,696               1,728
                            =====               =====
</TABLE>
 
     NET SALES.  Net sales in fiscal 1998 increased approximately 8% from fiscal
1997 as both prices and sales volumes of finished goods increased. Mill finished
goods sales prices increased over 5% and shipments increased approximately 12%.
The volume shift towards higher margin finished goods and away from
semi-finished billets is a direct result of higher production levels resulting
from completion and optimization of rolling mill modernization projects at the
Charlotte, Jacksonville and Jackson mills.
 
     COST OF SALES.  Increased production levels, lower average unit costs and
the shift of shipment mix towards higher margin finished steel products resulted
in cost of sales declining from approximately 86% of net sales to approximately
81% despite an average $3 per ton increase in scrap cost.
 
     SELLING AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  Selling and administrative expenses for the
year ended March 31, 1998 were 4.2% of net sales compared with 4.7% of net sales
in fiscal 1997. The decrease is attributable to one-time credits including a net
gain of $1.8 million on disposition of certain assets held for sale and receipt
of $6.8 million in connection with an insurance settlement. These were offset by
a charge of $1.2 million for expenses associated with the canceled initial
public offering and debt restructuring in December 1997, $2.6 million increased
provisions for incentive wages, $2.4 million increased environmental costs and
related professional fees and a $1.4 million charge related to startup expenses
associated with the electric arc furnace/emission control dust ("the EC dust")
recycling facility at the Jackson, Tennessee mill.
 
     DEPRECIATION.  Depreciation increased to $19.5 million in fiscal 1998 from
$16.7 million in fiscal 1997 due to increased capital expenditures at all four
mills during the last three years.
 
     INTEREST EXPENSE.  Interest expense increased from $19.5 million in fiscal
1997 to $19.8 million in fiscal 1998. Capitalized interest decreased from $2.0
million to $0.5 million in fiscal 1998 partially offset by a $16.3 million net
reduction in debt. Average annual interest rates increased moderately from 8.7%
in fiscal 1997 to 8.9% in fiscal 1998.
 
     INCOME TAXES.  The Company's effective federal and state income tax rate
for fiscal 1998 and 1997 was 39% excluding the effect of goodwill amortization,
which is not deductible for income tax purposes.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   29
 
  FISCAL 1997 VERSUS FISCAL 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            TONS SHIPPED (THOUSANDS)           AVERAGE SELLING PRICES (PER TON)
                            -------------------------          --------------------------------
                              YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,                   YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                            -------------------------          --------------------------------
                            1996                1997              1996                 1997
                            -----               -----          -----------          -----------
<S>                         <C>                 <C>            <C>                  <C>
Mill Finished Goods:
  Stock Rebar.............    508                 472             $310                 $316
  Merchant Bar............    544                 512              362                  352
  Rods....................    133                 105              336                  322
                            -----               -----             ----                 ----
                            1,185               1,089              337                  333
Fabricated Rebar..........    315                 326              460                  451
Billets...................    175                 281              233                  227
                            -----               -----
          Total...........  1,675               1,696
                            =====               =====
</TABLE>
 
     NET SALES.  Net sales in fiscal 1997 declined 1.8% from fiscal 1996 as both
prices and sales volumes of finished goods declined. Mill finished product
prices declined $4 per ton, while fabricated rebar prices declined $9 per ton.
Mill finished steel production and shipment volumes were limited by the start-up
of major capital improvement projects at the Charlotte and Jackson rolling
mills. As a result, shipments were more heavily weighted in favor of
lower-priced semi-finished billet products during the equipment installation and
start-up period. Fabricating revenues improved modestly as volume increases
offset the decline in price.
 
     COST OF SALES.  Cost of sales were 86.1% of net sales in fiscal 1997 versus
85.0% of net sales in fiscal 1996 due to the higher costs associated with the
decline in production tonnage at the Charlotte and Jackson mills during the
startup of capital projects for the rolling mills. Average scrap costs were down
$1 per ton for the year due to a fourth quarter decline in scrap prices.
 
     SELLING AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  Selling and administrative expenses remained
constant at 4.7% of sales in fiscal 1997 as compared to fiscal 1996.
 
     DEPRECIATION.  Depreciation increased to $16.7 million in fiscal 1997 from
$14.6 million in fiscal 1996 due to increased capital expenditures at all four
mills during the last two years.
 
     OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES.  In September 1995, the Company closed the Tampa
rolling mill. In fiscal 1996, the Company incurred non-cash charges of $12
million representing the write-down of property, plant and equipment to its
estimated fair market value, and incurred cash charges of $3 million for
severance payments and benefits costs for the termination of substantially all
116 Tampa rolling mill employees. All severance payroll and benefit costs were
paid and charged against the liability during fiscal 1996, resulting in no
liability for severance payroll and benefit costs at March 31, 1996.
Approximately $1.8 million in net book value of property, plant and equipment
related to the Tampa site, primarily land and buildings, was retained and is
currently being used by the Company. The Company currently incurs minimal
ongoing costs related to the Tampa mill land and building, primarily for ongoing
warehousing and shipping operations, and the caretaking of environmental cleanup
(see "Note I to March 31, 1998 consolidated financial statements --
Environmental Matters"), totaling approximately $300,000 annually. These costs
are offset by short-term rental income attributable to this property of
approximately $225,000 annually.
 
     The Company incurred an additional $.8 million charge in fiscal 1996 for
the write-off of all future lease obligations (through November 1998) related to
the closure of its fabricating plant in Woodbridge, Virginia.
 
     INTEREST EXPENSE.  Interest expense declined from $22.0 million in fiscal
1996 to $19.5 million in fiscal 1997 as cash generated from operations was used
to lower debt by $29.6 million and average annual interest rates declined from
9.3% to 8.7%. Capitalized interest for fiscal 1997 was $2.0 million compared to
$2.1 million in fiscal 1996.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>   30
 
     AMORTIZATION OF DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS.  Amortization of deferred
financing costs declined from $2.0 million in fiscal 1996 to $.9 million in
fiscal 1997 due to the refinancing of the Company's Revolving Credit Agreement
in June 1995. See "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
     INCOME TAXES.  The Company's effective federal and state income tax rate
for fiscal 1997 and 1996 was 39% excluding the effect of goodwill amortization,
which is not deductible for income tax purposes.
 
  QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       QUARTER ENDED
                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         MARCH 31,       JUNE 30,      SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,      MARCH 31,
                           1997            1997            1997            1997            1998
                       -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
                                            (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT AVERAGE DATA)
<S>                    <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
STATEMENT OF
  OPERATIONS:
Net sales............    $149,433        $168,359        $175,446        $155,120        $165,641
Operating expenses:
  Cost of sales......     126,415         135,037         142,214         125,755         137,416
  Selling and
    administrative...       7,623           7,572           5,262           7,775           7,202
  Depreciation.......       4,370           4,827           4,816           4,909           4,942
  Amortization of
    goodwill.........       1,033           1,033           1,032           1,033           1,032
                         --------        --------        --------        --------        --------
                         $139,441        $148,469        $153,324        $139,472        $150,592
  Income from
    operations.......       9,992          19,890          22,122          15,648          15,049
Other expense:
  Interest...........       4,789           5,188           4,927           4,730           4,930
  Amortization of
    deferred
    financing
    costs............         234             234             119             148             151
                         --------        --------        --------        --------        --------
                         $  5,023        $  5,422        $  5,046        $  4,878        $  5,081
Income before income
  taxes..............       4,969          14,468          17,076          10,770           9,968
Income taxes.........       2,340           6,045           7,063           4,603           4,289
                         --------        --------        --------        --------        --------
         Net
           income....    $  2,629        $  8,423        $ 10,013        $  6,167        $  5,679
                         ========        ========        ========        ========        ========
SELECTED OPERATING
  DATA:
Shipped Tons
  Stock rebar........         125             140             151             124             135
  Merchant bar.......         135             136             147             145             148
  Rod................          25              29              19              24              20
                         --------        --------        --------        --------        --------
  Subtotal mill
    finished goods...         285             305             317             293             303
  Fabricated rebar...          74              85              89              80              84
  Billets............          47              56              50              28              38
                         --------        --------        --------        --------        --------
  Total shipped
    tons.............         406             446             456             401             425
                         ========        ========        ========        ========        ========
Average mill finished
  goods prices (per
  ton)...............    $    334        $    346        $    352        $    351        $    354
Average yielded scrap
  cost (per ton).....         125             129             134             133             138
Average metal spread
  (per ton)..........         209             217             218             218             216
Average mill
  conversion costs
  (per ton)..........         134             125             130             132             128
</TABLE>
 
                                       30
<PAGE>   31
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     The Company's primary financial obligations outstanding as of March 31,
1998 were the $100 million aggregate principal amount of First Mortgage Notes, a
$140 million revolving credit facility (subject to a borrowing base), and a $40
million aggregate principal amount Subordinated Intercompany Note with maturity
dates through February 25, 2004 and owed to the Holding Company.
 
     On July 14, 1998, the Company amended and restated its revolving credit
agreement (the "Revolving Credit Agreement") increasing the facility to $150
million. The Revolving Credit Agreement no longer contains a "borrowing base"
provision and expires on July 13, 2003. The Revolving Credit Agreement provides
for a substantial portion of the Company's liquidity by making available up to
$150 million in borrowings. The Revolving Credit Agreement continues to be
secured by the Company's inventory and receivables and the Subsidiary Guarantors
continue to guarantee the obligations of the Company under the Revolving Credit
Agreement. The Indenture imposes a "borrowing base" test to the extent that the
Company seeks to borrow more than $140 million under the Revolving Credit
Agreement.
 
     In December 1997, the Company declared and paid a special dividend of $6.1
million to its stockholders at $0.60 per share.
 
     On March 26, 1998 the Company sold 454,545 shares of Class B common stock
for $10 million to an institutional investor. The proceeds were used to retire
$10 million of Subordinated Intercompany Note.
 
     On April 6, 1998 the Company sold $130 million of 8.75% Senior Notes. The
net proceeds of approximately $127.0 million were used first to redeem the $100
million First Mortgage Notes on May 14, 1998 at a price of 101.916% and $20
million will be used to redeem a portion of the Subordinated Intercompany Note
before June 30, 1998. The remaining proceeds will be used to reduce outstanding
Revolving Credit Agreement borrowings and for general corporate purposes. See
"Note L to March 31, 1998 consolidated financial statements -- Subsequent
Events" for further information regarding the $130 million Senior Notes.
 
     As of March 31, 1998, the Revolving Credit Agreement had a borrowing base
of approximately $133.1 million, of which approximately $54.8 million was
available to the Company for further borrowings, $40.1 million was outstanding
and $38.2 million was allocated to letters of credit (most of which are being
provided as credit backing for the Company's outstanding Industrial Revenue
Bonds). These Industrial Revenue Bonds were issued to construct facilities in
Jackson, Tennessee, Charlotte, North Carolina, Jacksonville, Florida, and Plant
City, Florida. The interest rates on these bonds range from 50% to 75% of the
prime rate. The Company increased its outstanding Industrial Revenue Bonds by
$20.0 million in fiscal 1996 and $5.0 million in fiscal 1998 for a solid waste
recycling facility in Jackson, Tennessee. The Industrial Revenue Bonds mature in
fiscal 2004 except for the 1996 and 1998 Industrial Revenue Bonds which mature
in fiscal 2018 and 2015, respectively, and $1.5 million which is due November
1998 and is classified as short term.
 
     The First Mortgage Notes, the new Senior Notes and the Revolving Credit
Agreement contain certain restrictions regarding the incurrence of additional
indebtedness by the Company, restrictions on the Company's ability to pay
dividends and other restrictive covenants relating to the Company's business.
The Company continues to comply with all of the covenants of its loan
agreements. See "Note D to Financial Statements -- Borrowings."
 
     Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended March 31, 1998
was $35.5 million compared with $43.9 million for fiscal 1997. Cash flow from
net income increased by $22.2 million but was offset by a $30.8 million increase
in inventories. Accounts receivable also increased by $9.1 million due to
increased sales prices and volumes. The Company used $21.3 million to repay debt
and $21.1 million to invest in capital projects, mostly for mill modernization.
In September 1997, the Company incurred additional indebtedness of $5.0 million
through an Industrial Revenue Bond issue for construction of a facility at the
Jackson mill to recycle EC dust.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   32
 
     Over the years, the Company has expanded capacity by means of modernizing
and upgrading facilities. Capital expenditures were $21.1 million for the year
ended March 31, 1998, $34.4 million for the year ended March 31, 1997 and $36.9
million for the year ended March 31, 1996. The Company anticipates spending up
to $30.0 million for capital expenditures in fiscal 1999.
 
     The Company believes that the amounts available from operating cash flows
and funds available through its Revolving Credit Agreement will be sufficient to
meet its expected operational cash needs and planned capital expenditures for
the foreseeable future.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
     In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No.
131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" (SFAS
131) which establishes standards for reporting information about operating
segments of a business. The statement, which is based on the management approach
to segment reporting, includes requirements to report selected segment
information and entity-wide disclosures about products and services, major
customers, and the countries in which the Company holds assets and reports
revenues. This statement becomes effective for the Company for reporting
beginning in fiscal 1999. Management has determined that the adoption of SFAS
131 will not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.
 
     In February 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
No. 132, "Employers Disclosures about Pensions and Other Post Retirement
Benefits" (SFAS 132) which standardizes the disclosure requirements for defined
contribution plans and defined benefit plans. The statement is effective for
financial statements relating to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997.
Management has determined that the adoption of SFAS 132 will not have a material
effect on the consolidated financial statements.
 
YEAR 2000
 
     The Company is aware of the Year 2000 issue and the effects it may have on
its business systems. In response, the Company has developed a detailed plan to
address the issue and is currently in the middle of the implementation and
startup of this plan. Through March 31, 1998 the Company has spent approximately
$1.8 million towards the purchase of network compatible computer hardware and
software. The Company is currently in the process of migrating its core business
operating software from a mainframe environment to client server compatible
systems. The Company's main software programs are being re-written to comply
with both the new data processing foundation and to be Year 2000 compliant. In
addition, the Company has contracted with major software providers to implement
core financial, payroll, and database programs which will be fully integrated
with the Company's in-house operating software and systems. The Company believes
that it will be Year 2000 compliant without a material impact on its operations
or financial results.
 
COMPLIANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS
 
     The Company is subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations
governing the remediation of environmental contamination associated with
releases of hazardous substances which can impose joint and several liability
for contamination regardless of fault or the lawfulness of past activities
(collectively, "Environmental Cleanup Laws") and to extensive federal, state,
and local laws and regulations governing discharges to the air and water as well
as the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes, and employee health
and welfare (collectively, "Environmental Regulatory Laws"). Governmental
authorities have the power to enforce compliance with these requirements, and
violators may be subject to civil or criminal penalties, injunctions or both.
Third parties also may have the right to sue to enforce compliance and for
damages.
 
     The Company has estimated its potential costs for further remediation under
Environmental Cleanup Laws at on-site and off-site locations to be approximately
$12.7 million and has included this amount in the Company's recorded liabilities
as of March 31, 1998. Based on past use of certain
 
                                       32
<PAGE>   33
 
technologies and remediation methods by third parties, evaluation of those
technologies and methods by the Company's consultants, and quotations and
third-party estimates of costs of remediation-related services provided to the
Company, or of which the Company and its consultants are aware, the Company and
its consultants believe that the Company's cost estimates are reasonable. In
light of the uncertainties inherent in determining the costs associated with the
clean-up of such contamination, including the time periods over which such costs
must be paid, the extent of contribution by parties which are jointly and
severally liable, and the nature and timing of payments to be made under cost
sharing arrangements, there can be no assurance that the ultimate costs of
remediation may not be more or less than the estimated remediation costs that
the Company has recorded.
 
     The Company also incurs significant ongoing costs to comply with current
standards promulgated by Environmental Regulatory Laws which costs are being
expensed and paid from current operations. Although it is the Company's policy
to comply with all Environmental Regulatory Laws and the Company believes that
it is currently in material compliance with all Environmental Regulatory Laws.
Environmental Regulatory Laws may become more significant in the future and
there can be no assurance that material environmental liabilities will not be
incurred by the Company or that compliance with Environmental Regulatory Laws
(whether those currently in effect or those that may be enacted in the future)
will not require additional expenditures by the Company or require changes to
the Company's current operations, any of which could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's results of operations and financial condition.
 
     See "Note I to March 31, 1998 consolidated financial
statements -- Environmental Matters" for further information regarding
environmental matters.
 
IMPACT OF INFLATION
 
     The Company's primary costs include ferrous scrap, energy and labor, which
can be affected by inflationary conditions. The Company has generally been able
to pass on cost increases through price adjustments. However, the ability to
pass on these increases depends on market conditions driven primarily by the
level of construction activity. Another factor that may limit the Company's
ability to pass on cost increases in materials is over-capacity in the steel
industry.
 
OTHER MATTERS
 
     The Company, through a third-party contractor and operator, constructed a
facility at the Company's Jackson mill designed to utilize a technology
developed by the third party to recycle the Company's EC dust which is regulated
as a hazardous waste due to the presence of heavy metals. The facility has a
design capacity to recycle up to 30 thousand tons of EC dust per year. The
Company currently generates approximately 24 thousand tons of EC dust per year.
The facility is designed to recycle the EC dust in two stages. In the first
stage, the dust is fed into a rotary hearth furnace where the zinc in the dust
is vaporized and collected as crude zinc oxide. The residual of the dust exits
the furnace in the form of a reduced iron unit that can be fed into an electric
furnace as a scrap substitute. In the second stage of the process, the crude
zinc oxide is fed into a wet chemical process to extract lead and cadmium and
produce a high quality saleable zinc oxide.
 
     The facility began operations in March 1997, however the second stage
operations are undergoing further development given that new technology is
involved in the process. In fiscal 1998, the contractor and third-party operator
of the facility defaulted under its agreements with the Company. As a result,
the Company expects to incur additional costs and capital expenditures in
connection with the development and operation of the facility. The Company's
depreciation policy for the facility, with a net book value of $23.3 million at
March 31, 1998, is to depreciate the facility over its expected remaining useful
life of 14 years and to periodically evaluate the remaining life and
recoverability of the equipment. There can be no assurance, however, that the
technology or the two-stage facility and process will be commercially developed
and operated on a cost efficient basis.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>   34
 
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
     The Company operates four non-union minimills located in the southeastern
U.S. that produce steel concrete reinforcing bars ("rebar"), light structural
shapes such as rounds, squares, flats, angles and channels ("merchant bars")
and, to a lesser extent, wire rod ("rods") and billets (which are semi-finished
steel products). The Company also operates 13 rebar fabricating plants
strategically located in close proximity to its mills; rail spike manufacturing
facilities in Paragould, Arkansas and Lancaster, South Carolina; and a wire mesh
and collated nail manufacturing facility in New Orleans, Louisiana. Rebar is
used primarily for strengthening concrete in highway and building construction
and other construction applications. Merchant bars are used in a wide variety of
applications including floor and roof joists, transmission towers, and farm
equipment. Rods are used in a variety of applications, including the manufacture
of welded wire fabric and nails.
 
     Approximately 60% of the Company's mill rebar production is sold directly
to distributors and independent fabricating companies in stock lengths and
sizes. The remaining 40% of the rebar produced by the mills is transferred to
the Company's 13 fabricating plants where value is added by cutting and bending
the rebar to meet strict engineering, architectural and other end-product
specifications. Merchant bars and rods generally are sold by the mills to steel
service centers, original equipment manufacturers and fabricators in stock
lengths and sizes.
 
     The Company's four minimills are located in Jacksonville, Florida,
Charlotte, North Carolina, and Jackson and Knoxville, Tennessee. Minimills are
steel mills that use electric arc furnaces to melt steel scrap and cast the
resulting molten steel into long strands called billets in a continuous casting
process. The billets are typically transferred to a rolling mill where they are
reheated, passed through roughing mills for size reduction and then rolled into
rebar, merchant bars or rods. These products emerge from the rolling mill and
are uniformly cooled on a cooling bed. Most merchant products then pass through
automated straightening and stacking equipment. Rebar and merchant products are
neatly bundled prior to shipment to customers by rail or truck.
 
     The predecessor of the Company was formed in 1937 as a rebar fabricator. In
1956, it merged with five steel fabricators in Florida to form Florida Steel
Corporation, which then commenced construction of its first minimill in Tampa,
Florida. In 1996, the Company changed its name to AmeriSteel Corporation.
 
     The Company was a public company from 1956 until 1988 when it was taken
private in a management led leveraged buyout. In late 1992, the Company was
purchased by Kyoei Steel, Ltd. ("Kyoei"), a private Japanese minimill company
engaged in the manufacture of commodity grade steel products, primarily rebar
and merchant bar products. Kyoei, founded in 1947, operates four minimills in
Japan and a rolling mill in Vietnam with a total annual finished steel capacity
of 2.5 million tons. The Company has benefitted from access to Kyoei's
operating, engineering and technical expertise.
 
INDUSTRY
 
     According to industry sources, United States market demand for rebar was
approximately 6.3 million tons in calendar 1996. The Company believes that it is
the second largest producer of rebar in the U.S. and estimates it has
approximately a 13% share of the U.S. rebar market and approximately a 20% share
in the eastern two-thirds of the U.S. According to industry sources, the U.S.
market for merchant and other light structural shape bars was estimated to be
approximately 8.6 million tons in calendar 1996. The Company estimates that it
has approximately a 6% share of this market. For the year ended March 31, 1998,
approximately 24% of the Company's net sales were derived from fabricated rebar,
27% from stock rebar, 33% from merchant bars, 5% from rods and 11% from semi-
finished billets.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   35
 
     The minimill industry is composed of two types of competitors: multi-mill
operators and stand-alone minimills. The Company believes that recent growth in
the industry (through acquisitions as well as capital expenditures) has been
driven by multi-mill operations because stand-alone minimills have not generally
been able to achieve the economies of scale or had access to the financial
resources to make the investments that larger operators have. The Company
believes that further industry consolidation will continue given the significant
advantages available to multi-mill operators. Accordingly, the Company is
actively investigating potential acquisition opportunities.
 
COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
 
     The primary focus of the Company's business strategy is to continue to be a
low cost producer of rebar and merchant bar products in the U.S. and further
grow its business including through acquisitions of steel producing and related
assets. The Company believes that the following competitive strengths are key
elements of this strategy:
 
     DEMONSTRATED COST CONTROL.  Since 1994, the Company has reduced its costs
of converting scrap steel to finished steel products ("conversion costs") from
$146 per ton to $129 per ton for the year ended March 31, 1998. The Company has
achieved these cost reductions through its mill modernization program, high mill
utilization, access to competitively priced electric power at its Tennessee and
North Carolina mills, and labor incentive programs designed to maximize
productivity. In addition, since 1994, the Company has closed unprofitable
operations and divested non-core activities. The Company currently has
initiatives in place that it believes will further reduce its conversion costs.
 
     MODERNIZED PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT IN ATTRACTIVE LOCATIONS.  Since 1992, the
Company has invested approximately $123 million in mill modernization, including
major projects at its Jackson, Tennessee, Jacksonville, Florida and Charlotte,
North Carolina mills. The Company believes its recent mill modernization program
will lower conversion costs and increase capacity utilization, enhance merchant
bar quality and broaden its merchant bar product range. The southeastern U.S.
(where all the Company's mills are located) accounts generally for more than
one-fourth of U.S. rebar consumption and, due to mild wintertime weather
conditions, demonstrates less seasonal demand fluctuations than more northern
regions of the U.S. Because of the high cost of freight relative to the value of
the Company's products, competition from non-regional producers is limited.
 
     MOTIVATED, NON-UNION LABOR FORCE.  The Company employs a non-union
workforce of approximately 1,900 employees. The Company's compensation programs
are designed to allow employees to earn significant incentive bonuses
(approximately one-fifth of their total compensation) based on production
volumes, sales volumes, cost targets or return on capital employed. These
programs have been successfully implemented by the current management team and
have resulted in lower costs, higher productivity and increased profitability.
Further incentive is provided through equity ownership plans. Approximately 57%
of current employees have purchased stock in the Company, including Phillip E.
Casey, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who beneficially owns approximately
10% of the outstanding shares of the Company's capital stock.
 
     STRONG MARKET POSITIONS.  The Company believes that it is the second
largest producer of rebar in the U.S. and estimates it has approximately a 13%
share in the U.S. rebar market and approximately a 20% share in the eastern
two-thirds of the U.S. In addition, the Company believes that it is the largest
fabricator of rebar products in the U.S., with fiscal 1998 revenues of $168.7
million, or approximately 25% of the Company's sales. The Company believes its
strong market position in both stock rebar shipments and fabricated rebar
shipments provides it with competitive market intelligence and other advantages
from vertical integration relative to its smaller competitors. The Company
estimates it has approximately a 6% share of the U.S. market for merchant and
other light structural shape bars. The Company believes it has opportunities to
increase its market share in this market, which is generally less cyclical and
more profitable than the rebar market. A recent independent survey
 
                                       35
<PAGE>   36
 
has ranked the Company first in customer service and on-time delivery in the
Company's principal product markets. As evidence of a high degree of customer
satisfaction, the Company has had, on average, a relationship of at least 10
years with its top 25 customers.
 
PRODUCTS
 
     The following table shows the percentage of the Company's net sales derived
from each product category in the relevant time period:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                              ---------------------
                                                              1996    1997    1998
                                                              -----   -----   -----
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>     <C>
Fabricated Rebar............................................    24%     24%     24%
Stock Rebar.................................................    25      24      27
Merchant Bars...............................................    32      30      33
Rods........................................................     7       5       5
Billets and other...........................................    12      17      11
                                                               ---     ---     ---
                                                               100%    100%    100%
                                                               ===     ===     ===
</TABLE>
 
  Rebar Products (Stock and Fabricated)
 
     The Company produces rebar products at its minimills in Knoxville,
Jacksonville and Charlotte, and to a lesser degree in Jackson. The Company's
rebar either is sold directly to distributors and independent fabricating
companies in stock lengths and sizes or is transferred to the Company's 13
fabricating plants where it is cut and bent to meet engineering, architectural
and other end-product specifications. Rebar is used primarily for strengthening
concrete in highway and building construction and other construction
applications. The Company's rebar products are used primarily in two sectors of
the construction industry: non-residential building projects, such as
institutional buildings, retail sites, commercial offices, apartments and hotels
and manufacturing facilities, and infrastructure projects such as highways,
bridges, utilities, water and waste treatment facilities and sports stadiums.
The Company's rebar products are also used in multi-family residential
construction such as apartments, condominiums and multi-family homes. Usage of
the Company's rebar products is roughly split evenly between private and public
projects.
 
  Merchant Bars
 
     The Company produces merchant bars at its minimills in Jackson and
Charlotte and to a lesser degree in Knoxville. Merchant bars consist of rounds,
squares, flats, angles and channels. Merchant bars are generally sold to
fabricators, steel service centers, and manufacturers who fabricate the steel to
meet engineering or end-product specifications. Merchant bars are used to
manufacture a wide variety of products, including gratings, transmission towers,
floor and roof joists, safety walkways, ornamental furniture, stair railings and
farm equipment.
 
     Merchant bar products typically require more specialized processing and
handling than rebar, including straightening, stacking and specialized bundling.
Because of the greater variety of shapes and sizes, merchant bars typically are
produced in shorter production runs, necessitating more frequent changeovers in
rolling mill equipment. Merchant products generally command higher prices and
produce higher profit margins than rebar.
 
  Rods
 
     The Company produces steel rod at its Jacksonville minimill. Most of this
rod is sold directly to third-party customers, while the remainder, depending on
market conditions, is shipped to the Company's New Orleans, Louisiana facility,
where the rod is drawn down to wire for use in the manufacture of wire mesh,
collated nails and bulk nails.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>   37
 
  Billets
 
     The Company produces semi-finished billets for conversion to rebar,
merchant bar and rods. When the market for finished product is down, or when
rolling production is limited -- as was the case in fiscal 1997 with downtime
associated with capital improvements in the Charlotte and Jackson mills -- the
Company sells the excess billet production to steel mills that have less steel
melting capacity than rolling mill capacity.
 
MARKETING AND CUSTOMERS
 
     The Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute ("CRSI") has reported that the
apparent rebar consumption for 1996 is approximately 6.3 million tons, an
increase of 14.5% over reported apparent rebar usage in 1995 of 5.5 million
tons. Based on the latest industry data of apparent rebar consumption by region
from CRSI's 1996 data, AmeriSteel has a 13% market share in the continental U.S.
 
     The Company believes that it is the second largest producer of rebar in the
U.S. The Company markets its rebar primarily in the Southeast, generally within
a 350 mile radius of its mills due to freight economics. The boundary of the
current market area for the Company's rebar products is roughly defined by a
line running through New Orleans, Louisiana, Little Rock, Arkansas, Kansas City,
Kansas, St. Louis, Missouri, Indianapolis, Indiana, Columbus, Ohio, and
Baltimore, Maryland.
 
     The Company is one of the larger producers of merchant bar products and
generally markets its products in the eastern two-thirds of the U.S. The Company
estimates that it has approximately 6% market share of the U.S. market for
merchant and other light structural shape merchant bars. The Company believes it
has opportunities to increase its market share in the merchant bar market, which
is generally less cyclical and more profitable than the rebar market.
 
     The Company conducts its marketing operation through both its own inside
and outside sales personnel. The outside sales personnel for mill rebar and
merchant bar are located in close proximity to the Company's major markets and
customers. The Company's salespeople handle both rebar and merchant bar sales in
a geographic area. This structure has several advantages in that it eliminates
duplicate sales calls on customers, enables salespeople to cover smaller
geographic areas, improves customer relationships and facilitates flow of
reliable market information to the Company. Metallurgical service
representatives, located at each of the Company's mills, provide technical
support to the sales force.
 
     The Company's inside sales force is centralized at the Company's Tampa,
Florida headquarters, where all order taking, mill production scheduling,
inventory management and shipping arrangements are coordinated. This inside
sales force has an average of 14.1 years of experience with the Company. The
Company's inside sales force can provide customers with updated order and
shipment status, rolling schedules, inventory levels and mill test reports. The
Company also provides customers with a dial-up information service, called
AmeriSteel E-Z-Link(TM), which allows 24-hour electronic assess to information
on open orders, purchasing history, shipments, rolling schedules and current
inventories.
 
     The Company has recently developed in-house a system ("Vendor Managed
Inventory" or "VMI") for certain (currently four) of its larger merchant bar
customers. This system provides real-time updates to the Company and customers
of order and production status. The Company assumes the responsibility for
maintaining the customers' desired inventory levels and shipment status. Because
of the nature of the programs, VMI is targeted for the Company's larger and more
well established customers. The Company believes VMI provides it with a
competitive marketing advantage with respect to these customers.
 
     Fabricated rebar sales personnel are located at the Company's 13
fabricating facilities where engineering service representatives provide
technical and sales support.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   38
 
     Principal customers of the Company include steel distributors, steel
service centers, rebar fabricators, other metal fabricators and manufacturers,
railroads, building material dealers and contractors. Its fabricated rebar
products are sold to contractors performing work for residential and
nonresidential building, road, bridge, public works, utility and other
miscellaneous construction.
 
     The Company's business is not dependent upon any single customer. The
Company's customer base is fairly stable from year to year, and during fiscal
1998 no one customer accounted for more than 4.9% of net sales and the five
largest customers accounted for approximately 12.2% of net sales. The Company's
business is seasonal, with orders in the Company's first and second fiscal
quarters tending to be strongest.
 
     Fabricated rebar is generally produced in response to specific customer
orders. The amount of sales order backlog pertaining to fabrication contracts
was approximately 205,000 tons at March 31, 1998. The Company expects almost all
of the backlog at March 31, 1998 to be filled through the third quarter fiscal
1999. Due to the advanced order booking and the order backlog, fabricated rebar
business tends to be less cyclical than the Company's other product lines.
 
     The Company's payment terms to customers are generally determined based on
market conditions. The Company, however, generally does not offer extended
payment terms to customers.
 
     Despite the commodity characteristics of the stock rebar and merchant bar
markets, the Company believes that it is able to distinguish itself from its
competitors to some extent due to its product quality, its consistent delivery
record, its capacity to service large orders, and its ability to fill most
orders quickly from inventory. Moreover, although construction and
infrastructure projects are generally nonrecurring in nature, the steel
fabricators, distributors and service centers which supply many of these
projects tend to be long-time customers of the Company. The Company believes
that its reputation for quality products and service is among the highest in the
industry.
 
PRODUCTION AND FACILITIES
 
     Steel can be produced at significantly lower costs by minimills than by
integrated steel operators. Integrated steel mills, which typically process iron
ore and other raw materials in blast furnaces to produce steel, generally use
costlier raw materials, consume more energy, operate older facilities that are
more labor intensive and employ a more highly paid labor force. In general,
minimills serve localized markets and produce a limited line of steel products.
 
     The domestic minimill steel industry currently has excess production
capacity. This excess capacity has resulted in competitive product pricing and
cyclical pressures on industry profit margins. The high fixed costs of operating
a minimill encourage mill operators to maintain high levels of output even
during periods of reduced demand which exacerbates the pressures on profit
margins. In this environment, efficient production and cost controls are
important to domestic minimill steel producers.
 
     The Company's minimills operate their melting facilities continuously and
have an annual aggregate melting capacity of approximately 2.0 million tons. The
Jackson, Charlotte and Jacksonville mills operate their rolling facilities
continuously. The Knoxville mill operates its rolling facility five days per
week.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   39
 
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company's
four minimills, including the current estimated annual production capacity and
actual production of the minimills in thousands of tons. Billets produced in the
melting process in excess of rolling needs are sold to third parties.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   ANNUAL    FISCAL 1998     CAPACITY                FISCAL 1998     CAPACITY
                       START-UP   MELTING      MELTING      UTILIZATION   ROLLING      ROLLING      UTILIZATION
LOCATION                 DATE     CAPACITY    PRODUCTION    PERCENTAGE    CAPACITY    PRODUCTION    PERCENTAGE
- --------               --------   --------   ------------   -----------   --------   ------------   -----------
<S>                    <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>           <C>        <C>            <C>
Charlotte, NC........    1961        450          443           98%          400          346           87%
Jackson, TN..........    1981        600          570           95           480          454           95
Jacksonville, FL.....    1976        600          553           92           510          504           99
Knoxville, TN........    1987(1)     330          309           94           360          348           97
                                   -----        -----           --         -----        -----           --
         Total.......              1,980        1,875           95%        1,750        1,652           94%
                                   =====        =====           ==         =====        =====           ==
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Purchase Date
 
     The Company's four minimills, together with certain other assets, served as
collateral for the Company's First Mortgage Notes. See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and
Capital Resources."
 
  Charlotte Minimill
 
     The Charlotte minimill produces rebar and merchant bars. Rebar produced in
Charlotte is marketed in the states from South Carolina to Pennsylvania.
Merchant bar produced in Charlotte is marketed along the eastern seaboard states
from Florida to Pennsylvania.
 
     Charlotte's melting equipment includes a 75 ton electric arc furnace
utilizing the Consteel process, a continuous scrap feeding and preheating
system, and a ladle refining station. The melting facilities also include a
3-strand continuous caster and material handling equipment. Charlotte's rolling
mill includes a reheat furnace, 15 in-line mill stands, a 200 foot cooling bed,
a cut-to-length shear and an automated material bundling unit. The rolling mill
includes recently installed upgraded finishing end equipment, including a
product straightener for merchant shapes and a French manufactured Empilam
stacker. During fiscal 1997, capacity utilization of the rolling mill was
limited due to down time associated with a major capital improvement project.
The Company believes that the upgrade will improve merchant bar quality,
increase production and lower conversion costs.
 
  Jackson Minimill
 
     The Jackson minimill produces mostly merchant bars and some larger size
rebar. This minimill is the Company's largest single producer of merchant bars.
The merchant bars are marketed primarily in the southeastern U.S., as well as
into southern Illinois, Indiana and Ohio.
 
     The Jackson mill is the newest of the Company's minimills. Melting
equipment includes a 135 ton electric arc furnace, a 4-strand continuous billet
caster and material handling equipment. The rolling mill consists of a 120 tons
per hour reheat furnace, 16 new in-line quick-change mill stands, a cooling bed,
an in-line straightener, a cut-to-length product shear, an automatic stacker,
and associated shipping and material handling facilities. Installation of the
new quick-change mill stands, a combination of Danieli vertical and horizontal,
began in April 1996 and was completed in December 1997. The Company believes
this investment will provide significant return on investment in the form of
decreased change time and therefore increasing production and lowering
conversion costs. The Company expects that the new mill stands will increase
rolling mill production capacity by approximately 60,000 tons per year and
decrease mill conversion costs by approximately $5 per ton if the benefits of
the project are fully realized.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   40
 
  Jacksonville Minimill
 
     The Jacksonville minimill produces rebar and rods. The rebar is marketed
primarily in Florida, the nearby Gulf Coast states and Puerto Rico, with coiled
rebar being shipped throughout the Company's marketing area. The rod products
are sold throughout the southeastern U.S.
 
     Jacksonville's melting equipment consists of a 90 ton capacity electric arc
furnace and a 4-strand continuous caster. The rolling mill includes a 100 tons
per hour reheat furnace, a 16-stand horizontal Danieli in-line mill, a 10-stand
Danieli rod block, a cooling bed for straight bars and a controlled cooling line
for coiled products, a cut-to-length product shear, and automatic bundling and
tying equipment for straight bars and coils.
 
  Knoxville Minimill
 
     The Knoxville minimill produces almost exclusively rebar. The rebar is
marketed throughout the Ohio Valley, including all areas of Ohio and Kentucky
and parts of Illinois, Indiana, Virginia, West Virginia, Tennessee, and in
portions of North and South Carolina, Georgia and Alabama.
 
     Knoxville's melting equipment includes two 35 ton electric arc furnaces, a
3-strand continuous caster and material handling equipment. The rolling mill
consists of a reheat furnace, 16 in-line mill stands utilizing the Thermex
in-line heat treating process, a cooling bed, a cut-to-length shear line, and
associated shipping and material handling facilities.
 
  Fabrication
 
     The Company believes that it operates the largest rebar fabricating group
in the U.S., consisting of a network of 13 strategically located reinforcing
steel fabricating plants throughout the southeastern U.S. with an annual
capacity of approximately 334,000 tons. The facilities are interconnected via
satellite for the immediate transfer of customer engineering and production
information utilized in its computer assisted design (CAD) detailing programs.
The fabricating plants are a downstream operation of the Company, purchasing all
rebar from the Company's minimills, primarily Knoxville, Jacksonville and
Charlotte.
 
     Fabricated rebar is produced by cutting and bending stock rebar to meet
engineering, architectural and other end-product specifications. The fabrication
division employs about 540 employees. The following table shows the fabricating
plant locations and approximate annual tonnage on a two-shift per day, five days
per week operating basis.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              CAPACITY
FABRICATING PLANT                                             (IN TONS)
- -----------------                                             ---------
<S>                                                           <C>
Ft. Lauderdale, FL..........................................    30,000
Jacksonville, FL............................................    30,000
Orlando, FL.................................................    20,000
Plant City, FL (Tampa)......................................    40,000
Duluth, GA (Atlanta)........................................    30,000
Louisville, KY..............................................    20,000
Charlotte, NC...............................................    30,000
Raleigh, NC.................................................    18,000
Aiken, SC...................................................    16,000
Collierville, TN (Memphis)..................................    20,000
Knoxville, TN...............................................    40,000
Nashville, TN...............................................    20,000
St. Albans, WV..............................................    20,000
                                                               -------
          Total.............................................   334,000
                                                               =======
</TABLE>
 
                                       40
<PAGE>   41
 
  Other Operations
 
     The Company's railroad spike operations, located in Lancaster, South
Carolina and Paragould, Arkansas, forge steel square bars produced at the
Charlotte mill into railroad spikes that are sold on an annual contract basis to
various railroad companies. The Company's facility in New Orleans, Louisiana
produces wire from steel rod. The wire is then either manufactured into wire
mesh for concrete pavement, converted into collated nails for use in high-speed
nail machines, or converted to bulk nails for general construction uses.
 
RAW MATERIALS
 
     Steel scrap is the Company's primary raw material and comprised
approximately 46% of the Company's costs of sales in fiscal 1998. The relatively
simple metallurgical requirements of the Company's products enable the Company
to use low quality, and thus lower cost, steel scrap. Due to the geographic
extent of the Company's requirements, the Company utilizes a scrap broker, The
David J. Joseph Company ("DJJ"), in the purchase of substantially all of its
requirements. DJJ receives a fixed per ton commission fee for all tons supplied.
To reduce costs at its Jacksonville and Jackson minimills, the Company is using
DJJ to operate shredding and processing operations on its mill property for
preparation and delivery of scrap from its local markets. The operator is paid a
per ton fee for these services. At Knoxville, a DJJ representative is employed
to source local prepared scrap, which the Company buys at day-to-day market
prices at the mill. The Company believes that these processing and local buying
operations at its mills consistently result in the purchase of significant
quantities of the Company's requirements at a $5-$10/ton savings versus open
market brokerage purchases. The Company and DJJ are currently renegotiating
their arrangements. The Company anticipates that it could readily obtain
adequate supplies of scrap steel at market prices from sources other than DJJ if
warranted.
 
     Various domestic and foreign firms supply other important raw materials or
operating supplies required for the Company's business, including refractories,
ferroalloys and carbon electrodes. The Company has historically obtained
adequate quantities of such raw materials and supplies to permit efficient mill
operations.
 
ENERGY SUPPLY
 
     Electricity and natural gas represent approximately 14% and 5%,
respectively, of the Company's conversion costs. Access to attractively priced
electric power and natural gas can be an important competitive cost advantage to
a minimill.
 
     The Company purchases its electricity from the Tennessee Valley Authority
("TVA"), Knoxville Utility Board, a TVA affiliate ("KUB"), Duke Power Company
("Duke") and Florida Power & Light Company ("FP&L") and incurred the following
costs for electricity for fiscal 1998:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 APPROXIMATE
                                                                                 ANNUAL COST
MILL                                                     SUPPLIER   CENTS/KWH   (IN MILLIONS)
- ----                                                     --------   ---------   -------------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>         <C>
Jackson................................................  TVA           2.6          $8.2
Knoxville..............................................  TVA/KUB       2.8           5.3
Charlotte..............................................  Duke          2.5           6.4
Jacksonville...........................................  FP&L          3.9          12.1
</TABLE>
 
     The Company receives electric service under competitively priced power
supply contracts with Duke and TVA. Given the importance of competitively priced
power to minimill steel production, the Company plans to continue to exhaust
every available avenue in pursuit of more cost effective rates at the
Jacksonville Mill. The Company expects that, longer term, deregulation of the
electric power industry will allow electricity to be purchased on more favorable
terms in Florida.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>   42
 
     The Company purchases its power from its utilities under interruptible
service contracts. Under such contracts, the utilities provide service at less
than firm tariff rates in return for the right to curtail power deliveries
during peak demand periods. Such interruptions are infrequent and occur with
sufficient notice to allow the Company to curtail production in an orderly
manner.
 
     Since deregulation of the natural gas industry, natural gas requirements
have generally been provided through purchase of well-head gas delivered via the
interstate pipeline system and local distribution companies. Open access to
competitively priced supply of natural gas enables the Company to secure
adequate supplies at competitive prices.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION
 
     See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Compliance with Environmental Laws and Regulations" and
"Note I to March 31, 1998 consolidated financial statements -- Environmental
Matters" for a discussion of the Company's cleanup liabilities with state and
federal regulators regarding the investigation and/or cleanup of certain sites.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The Company experiences substantial competition in the sale of each of its
products from a large number of companies in its geographic markets.
 
     Rebar and merchant bars are commodity steel products, making price the
primary competitive factor. Due to the high cost of freight relative to the
value of the Company's steel products, competition from non-regional producers
is limited. Rebar deliveries are generally concentrated within a 350 mile radius
of a minimill, while merchant bar deliveries are generally concentrated within a
500 mile radius of a minimill. Except in unusual circumstances, the customer's
delivery expense is limited to freight charges from the nearest competitive
minimill and any incremental freight charges must be absorbed by the supplier.
The Company has experienced some competition from foreign sources, with the
level and degree of foreign competition varying from time to time depending upon
factors including foreign government subsidies and currency exchange rates.
 
     The Company's competitive environment varies by product.
 
  Stock Rebar
 
     The boundary of the current market area for the Company's rebar products is
roughly defined by a line running through New Orleans, Louisiana, Little Rock,
Arkansas, Kansas City, Kansas, St. Louis, Missouri, Indianapolis, Indiana,
Columbus, Ohio, and Baltimore, Maryland. The Company has found shipping outside
of this market area to be only marginally profitable because of freight cost
considerations.
 
  Merchant Bar
 
     The Company's primary marketing area for merchant bars encompasses the
southeastern and midwestern U.S. The Company did not enter the merchant bar
market in a significant way until 1982 and does not have the same market
position it has in the rebar market. The Company's merchant bar sales now
represent approximately 33% of the Company's total sales.
 
     The market for merchant bars is very competitive, with price being the
primary competitive factor. In the last two years, the Company has upgraded its
rolling mill facilities at Charlotte to increase the Company's ability to shift
production from rebar to merchant bar as market conditions allow and at Jackson
to increase production and improve merchant product mix.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>   43
 
  Rods
 
     The Company produces rods at its Jacksonville minimill. The Company's
primary marketing area for rods includes Florida, South Carolina, Georgia,
Alabama and Louisiana. The Company does not intend to geographically expand its
marketing beyond these states due to the relatively low margins and prohibitive
freight cost inherent to rod products. Although the market for rods can be
heavily influenced by foreign imports, rod sales by foreign competitors have not
had a material effect on the Company's rod sales in the last three years.
 
  Fabricated Rebar
 
     With 13 fabricating plants located throughout the southeastern U.S., all
within good support distance from one of the Company's four minimills, the
Company is a major factor in all the markets it serves. In the sale of
fabricated rebar, the Company competes with other steel fabricators in its
marketing area, some of whom purchase their stock rebar from the Company.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     As of March 31, 1998, the Company had 1,895 employees, none of whom is
covered by a collective bargaining agreement. The Company believes that its
relations with its employees are good. The following table sets forth the
approximate number of employees of the Company as of March 31, 1998:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              NUMBER OF
GROUP                                                         EMPLOYEES
- -----                                                         ----------
<S>                                                           <C>
Mills
  Jackson...................................................      305
  Knoxville.................................................      212
  Jacksonville..............................................      276
  Charlotte.................................................      268
                                                                -----
          Total Mills.......................................    1,061
Mill Sales..................................................       25
Fabricating.................................................      535
Rail/Atlas..................................................      181
Corporate...................................................       93
                                                                -----
          Total Company.....................................    1,895
                                                                =====
</TABLE>
 
     The Company has been, and continues to be, proactive in establishing and
maintaining a climate of good employee relations with its employees. Ongoing
initiatives include organizational development skills training, team building
programs, opportunities for participation in employee involvement teams, and
adoption of an "open book" system of management. The Company believes high
employee involvement is a key factor in the success of the Company's operations.
 
     A compensation program designed to make the Company's employees' financial
interests congruous with those of the Company's shareholders has been
implemented. For the Company's mill operating employees, the incentive is
directly connected to melting and rolling mill volumes. The sales team has their
own incentive calculated on the Company's sales volumes. The fabrication group's
operating employee incentives are tied to operating costs and other incentive
targets. Some 55 employees, comprising senior management, participate in a
Strategic Value Added incentive plan based upon return on capital employed.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   44
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     There are no material pending legal proceedings, other than routine
litigation incidental to the Company's business, to which the Company is a party
or in which any of its property is the subject, and no such proceedings are
known to be contemplated by governmental authorities. However, see "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Compliance with Environmental Laws and Regulations" and "Note I to
March 31, 1998 consolidated financial statements -- Environmental Matters" for a
discussion of the Company's liabilities with respect to the investigation and/or
remediation at certain sites.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   45
 
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
     The Company's Board of Directors consists of eight members. Directors
generally serve for one-year terms and until their successors are duly elected
and qualified.
 
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company's
existing directors and executive officers:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                   AGE                          POSITIONS
- ----                                   ---                          ---------
<S>                                    <C>   <C>
Phillip E. Casey.....................  55    Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and
                                             Director
J. Donald Haney......................  62    Group Vice President, Fabricated Reinforcing Steel, and
                                             Director
Shuzo Hikita.........................  55    Vice President, Engineering and Technology, and Director
Tom J. Landa.........................  46    Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and
                                             Director
Koichi Takashima.....................  75    Director
Akihiko Takashima....................  61    Director
Hideichiro Takashima.................  40    Director
Ryutaro Yoshioka.....................  59    Director
Dennie Andrew........................  58    Vice President, Steel Mill Operations
J. Neal McCullohs....................  41    Vice President, Mill Product Sales
Robert P. Muhlhan....................  48    Vice President, Material Procurement
James S. Rogers, II..................  50    Vice President, Human Resources
Hiroyoshi Tsuchiya...................  59    Vice President, Strategic Planning
</TABLE>
 
     Phillip E. Casey has been Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer
and a director since June 1994. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Casey held
various positions with Birmingham Steel Corporation, including Chief Financial
Officer, Executive Vice President and Vice Chairman of the Board from 1985 until
1994.
 
     J. Donald Haney has been Group Vice President, Fabricated Reinforcing Steel
since 1979 and a director of the Company since 1988. Mr. Haney joined the
Company in 1958 and has held various management and sales positions with the
Company. Mr. Haney was promoted to the position of Vice President in 1974. Mr.
Haney is principally responsible for the Company's reinforcing steel fabricating
group.
 
     Shuzo Hikita has been Vice President, Engineering and Technology and a
director of the Company since September 1996. Prior to September 1996, Mr.
Hikita held several management positions with Kyoei including Division Manager
of Kyoei's Hirakata and Osaka mills from 1994 to 1996. From 1992 to 1993, Mr.
Hikita was a Vice President with Auburn Steel.
 
     Tom J. Landa has been Chief Financial Officer, Vice President and Secretary
of the Company since April 1995. Mr. Landa was elected a director of the Company
in March 1997. Before joining the Company, Mr. Landa spent over 19 years in
various financial management positions with Exxon Corporation and its affiliates
worldwide.
 
     Koichi Takashima has been a director of the Company since 1992 and Chairman
of Kyoei for many years.
 
     Akihiko Takashima has been a director of the Company since 1992 and a
Director of Kyoei for 26 years.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>   46
 
     Hideichiro Takashima has been a director of the Company since 1995. Since
June 1995 Mr. Takashima has been President and Chief Operating Officer of Kyoei.
From June 1992 until June 1995, Mr. Takashima held other senior management
positions with Kyoei.
 
     Ryutaro Yoshioka has been a director of the Company since 1995. Mr.
Yoshioka has been Managing Director of Kyoei since July 1, 1994. Prior to such
time, Mr. Yoshioka was an executive of Bank of Tokyo for over 7 years.
 
     Dennie Andrew has been Vice President, Steel Mill Operations, since October
1997. From September 1996 until September 1997, Mr. Andrew was Vice President,
Jacksonville Steel Mill Division. From 1986 until 1996, Mr. Andrew was President
of North American operations for Simac International.
 
     J. Neal McCullohs has been Vice President, Mill Product Sales, since August
1995. Mr. McCullohs joined the Company in 1978 and has held various sales
management positions with the Company, including division manager of the St.
Albans Reinforcing Division and Atlanta Reinforcing Division.
 
     Robert P. Muhlhan has been Vice President, Material Procurement, since
February 1995. From 1993 until 1995, Mr. Muhlhan was Regional Vice President of
National Material Trading. Prior to 1993, Mr. Muhlhan spent 24 years with LTV
Steel Company, most recently as Manager -- Production Materials.
 
     James S. Rogers, II, has been Vice President, Human Resources, since June
1997. From 1992 until 1996, Mr. Rogers was Vice President, Human Resources, at
Birmingham Steel Corporation. From 1975 until 1992, Mr. Rogers was employed by
the Company in various positions, including Manager of Corporate Personnel
Practices and Director of Human Resources.
 
     Hiroyoshi Tsuchiya has been Vice President, Strategic Planning, since May
1994. Prior to his employment with the Company, Mr. Tsuchiya held various
management positions with Mitsubishi Corporation in Japan and Canada from 1975
to 1994.
 
     Koichi Takashima and Akihiko Takashima are brothers. Hideichiro Takashima
is the son of Koichi Takashima. None of the other directors or executive
officers is related to one another.
 
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
     The Board of Directors has a standing Executive Compensation Committee and
Audit Committee.
 
     The principal responsibility of the Executive Compensation Committee is to
provide recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding compensation for
executive officers of the Company.
 
     The Audit Committee's principal responsibilities are to review the annual
audit of the Company's financial statements and to meet with the independent
auditors of the Company from time to time in order to review the Company's
general policies and procedures with respect to audits and accounting and
financial controls.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>   47
 
DIRECTORS COMPENSATION
 
     No director receives separate compensation for services rendered as a
director. Expenses incurred by directors who are employees of the Company to
attend meetings of the Board of Directors or committees thereof are reimbursed
by the Company. The Company does not reimburse expenses incurred by non-employee
directors to attend Board of Directors or committee meetings.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The following table sets forth all compensation awarded to, earned by, or
paid for services rendered to the Company in all capacities during the Company's
three most recent fiscal years for each of the named executive officers of the
Company as defined under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules
(the "Named Executive Officers"):
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             LONG-TERM
                                                                        COMPENSATION AWARDS
                                                             ------------------------------------------
                                                                           SECURITIES
                                   ANNUAL COMPENSATION       RESTRICTED    UNDERLYING
                                --------------------------      STOCK       OPTIONS        ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION     YEAR    SALARY     BONUS     AWARD(S)(1)     (#)(1)     COMPENSATION(2)
- ------------------------------  ----   --------   --------   -----------   ----------   ---------------
<S>                             <C>    <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>          <C>
Phillip E. Casey..............  1998   $255,000   $255,000    $     --           --         $4,750
  Chairman of the Board         1997    255,000     65,687          --           --          3,278
  and Chief Executive           1996    255,000     80,453          --           --          4,617
  Officer
J. Donald Haney...............  1998    216,684    219,120      33,750        2,700          4,334
  Group Vice President,         1997    210,954     53,893          --        3,500          3,032
  Fabricated Reinforcing        1996    196,974     64,445          --        1,368          2,620
  Steel
Tom J. Landa..................  1998    176,886    179,016      33,750        2,500          3,537
  Vice President and            1997    170,217     43,886          --           --          3,647
  Chief Financial               1996    160,389    153,019     150,000       12,960             --
  Officer(3)
Dennie Andrew.................  1998    165,960    166,956      33,750        2,500          3,319
  Vice President, Steel         1997     84,588     26,227          --        3,000          2,939
  Mill Operations(4)
James S. Rogers, II...........  1998    129,514    129,514      33,750        2,000          2,590
  Vice President, Human
  Resources(5)
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) All references are to Class B Common Stock. The shares of restricted stock
    shown are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture which for Mr. Casey
    lapses at the rate of 20% per year beginning as of June 1, 1995 and for Mr.
    Landa lapses at the rate of 33 1/3% per year beginning as of April 1, 1997.
    At the end of fiscal 1998, the aggregate restricted stock holdings and value
    of such holdings were for Mr. Casey 300,000 shares and $6,000,000,
    respectively, and for Mr. Landa 10,500 shares and $210,000, respectively.
    Dividends, if declared and paid on the Common Stock generally, are payable
    on such restricted shares at the same rate as paid to all stockholders. In
    fiscal 1998, Messrs. Haney, Landa, Andrew and Rogers were granted 2,500
    shares of restricted stock each subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture
    which lapses at the rate of 33 1/3% per year beginning as of October 1,
    1999.
(2) These amounts consist of Company matching contributions made pursuant to the
    Company's Savings Plan.
(3) Includes a $100,000 signing bonus pursuant to Mr. Landa's employment offer
    in March 1995.
(4) Mr. Andrew was promoted to an Executive Officer position in October 1997. He
    was not employed by the Company in the 1996 fiscal year.
(5) Mr. Rogers was hired as an Executive Officer in fiscal 1998.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>   48
 
  Options Grants Table
 
     The following table shows information concerning stock options granted
during fiscal 1998 for each Named Executive Officer.
 
                          OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL 1998
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       POTENTIAL
                                                                                    REALIZABLE VALUE
                                   INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                                   AT ASSUMED
                               --------------------------                           ANNUAL RATES OF
                                NUMBER OF     % OF TOTAL                              STOCK PRICE
                               SECURITIES      OPTIONS      EXERCISE                APPRECIATION FOR
                               UNDERLYING     GRANTED TO    OR BASE                   OPTION TERM
                                 OPTIONS     EMPLOYEES IN    PRICE     EXPIRATION   ----------------
NAME                           GRANTED(#)    FISCAL YEAR     ($/SH)       DATE      5%($)    10%($)
- ----                           -----------   ------------   --------   ----------   ------   -------
<S>                            <C>           <C>            <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>
Phillip E. Casey.............        --            --            --          --        --        --
J. Donald Haney..............     2,700          3.71%       $13.50    06/05/07     22,923   58,092
Tom J. Landa.................     2,500          3.44         13.50    06/05/07     21,225   53,789
Dennie Andrew................     2,500          3.44         13.50    06/05/07     21,225   53,789
James S. Rogers, II..........     2,000          2.75         13.50    06/05/07     16,980   43,030
</TABLE>
 
     The options were granted under the Company's 1998 Equity Ownership Plan and
vest over three years beginning April 1, 1999 at an exercise price of $13.50 per
share.
 
  Option Exercises and Year-End Value Table
 
     No stock options were exercised by any of the Company's executive officers
during fiscal 1998. The following table shows information concerning stock
option values as of the end of fiscal 1998 for each Named Executive Officer.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            NUMBER OF SHARES             VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                         UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED              IN-THE-MONEY
                                            OPTIONS AT FISCAL             OPTIONS AT FISCAL
                                              YEAR-END (#)                   YEAR-END ($)
NAME                                    EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE    EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE(1)
- ----                                    -------------------------    ----------------------------
<S>                                     <C>                          <C>
Phillip E. Casey......................             0/0                           0/0
J. Donald Haney.......................          456/7,112                    3,420/50,640
Tom J. Landa..........................        4,320/11,140                  32,400/81,050
Dennie Andrew.........................           0/5,500                       0/38,750
James S. Rogers, II...................           0/2,000                       0/13,000
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) The latest appraisal of the Company's common stock, made as of March 31,
    1998, sets forth a fair market value per share of $20.00.
 
  Pension Benefits
 
     The table below sets forth the estimated annual benefits, payable as a
single life annuity beginning at retirement at age 65, at various remuneration
levels and for representative years of service at normal retirement date, under
the Company's tax qualified noncontributory defined benefit pension plan (the
"Retirement Plan").
 
                      ESTIMATED ANNUAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEARS OF SERVICE
                                           ---------------------------------------------------------
FINAL AVERAGE COMPENSATION                 20 YEARS    25 YEARS    30 YEARS    35 YEARS    40 YEARS
- --------------------------                 ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
<S>                                        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
$100,000.................................  $ 26,887    $ 33,609    $ 40,331    $ 47,053    $ 52,053
 150,000.................................    41,887      52,359      62,831      73,303      80,803
 200,000.................................    56,887      71,109      85,331      99,553     109,553
 235,000.................................    67,387      84,234     101,081     117,928     129,678
 250,000.................................    71,887      89,859     107,831     125,803     138,303
 300,000.................................    86,887     108,609     130,331     152,053     167,053
 350,000.................................   101,887     127,359     152,831     178,303     195,803
</TABLE>
 
                                       48
<PAGE>   49
 
     Under the Retirement Plan, the compensation taken into account generally
includes all salary, bonuses and other taxable compensation subject to an annual
compensation limit, which currently is $160,000. As of March 31, 1998, the final
average compensation and years of credited service for the Named Executive
Officers for purposes of the Retirement Plan were as follows: $158,769 and four
years for Phillip E. Casey; $198,896 for benefits earned through September 30,
1994 and $151,428 for benefits earned subsequently and 40 years for J. Donald
Haney; $151, 667 and three years for Tom J. Landa; $152,895 and two years for
Dennie Andrew; and $160,000 and 17 years for James S. Rogers, II. The benefits
under the Retirement Plan are not subject to any deduction for Social Security
or other offset amounts.
 
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
     Effective June 1, 1994, the Company entered into a five-year employment
agreement with Phillip E. Casey to serve as the Company's Chairman of the Board
of Directors and Chief Executive Officer. The agreement provides for a one time
signing bonus of $500,000, annual base salary of $300,000, a grant of 750,000
shares of Class B Common Stock (then valued at $4.5 million) to vest ratably
over five years, a tax bonus in the amount of $1,946,000 with respect to such
shares, and other benefits commensurate with his position. Mr. Casey has placed
15% of his annual salary at risk as part of the Company's annual incentive
program. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company also granted to Mr. Casey an
option to purchase an additional 250,000 shares of Class B Common Stock for $1.5
million, which Mr. Casey exercised. The agreement provides for certain
termination benefits and places restrictions on the disposition of the Company's
Class B Common Stock.
 
INCENTIVE AND BENEFIT PLANS
 
  Equity Ownership Plan
 
     The Board of Directors administers the Equity Ownership Plan and makes the
determination as to the grant of awards, options and/or rights under the plan.
An aggregate of 238,902 shares of Class A Common Stock are reserved for issuance
under the plan. An aggregate of 147,500 shares of Class B Common Stock are
reserved for issuance in connection with stock options previously granted under
the plan and currently unexercised. Under the plan, restricted stock, incentive
stock options, nonqualified stock options and stock appreciation rights or any
combination thereof may be granted to Company employees. In general, the
exercise price of the options granted under the plan will be determined at the
discretion of the Board of Directors, which price generally may not be less than
the market price of the Common Stock on the date the option is granted. Options
normally vest 33 1/2% each year beginning approximately two years after the date
of grant and expire after 10 years. The Board of Directors may condition awards
of restricted stock and stock appreciation rights upon satisfaction of
performance criteria or other conditions.
 
  Shares In Success
 
     In 1995, the Company adopted a stock purchase/stock option plan that
provided employees with a one-time right in July 1995 to purchase Class B Common
Stock at a price equal to 85% of then appraised fair market value. For each
share of Class B Common Stock purchased under the plan, each employee received
options to purchase six additional shares at the then appraised fair market
value. Options vest 33 1/2% each year beginning approximately two years after
the date of grant and expire in 2005. No additional options may be granted under
the plan, and no additional shares may be purchased under the plan except upon
the exercise of outstanding options. As of March 31, 1998, an aggregate of
30,444 shares of Class B Common Stock purchased by employees under the plan
remain outstanding, and an aggregate of 180,474 shares of Class B Common Stock
are reserved for issuance under the plan in connection with stock options that
were granted under the plan and are currently unexercised.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>   50
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
     The members of the Company's Executive Compensation Committee are Koichi
Takashima, Hidelchiro Takashima and Ryutaro Yoshioka. Akihiko Takashima, a
current director of the Company, and Takeshi Fujimura, a former director, were
members of the committee during fiscal 1998. Mr. Fujimura remains a special
advisor to the Chairman of the Board of the Company. No other member of the
Executive Compensation Committee has at any time been an officer or employee of
the Company.
 
     Mr. Fujimura was an advisor to the President of Kyoei until his retirement
in June 1997; the current members of the Executive Compensation Committee and
Akihiko Takashima continue to be executive officers and/or directors of Kyoei.
 
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
     The Company has entered into technical assistance arrangements with Kyoei,
which owns FLS. See "Risk Factors -- Voting Control by Principal Stockholder"
and "Principal Stockholders." Under these arrangements the Company reimburses
Kyoei for the personnel costs of its consulting engineers and certain travel and
other expenses. Payments made by the Company under these arrangements have been
approximately $408,000, $2,000 and $49,000 in fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998,
respectively.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>   51
 
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
     The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
beneficial ownership of the Company's Class B Common Stock as of the date of
this Prospectus by (i) each person known by the Company to own beneficially more
than 5.0% of the outstanding Class B Common Stock, (ii) each director of the
Company who owns shares of Class B Common Stock, (iii) each of the named
executive officers and (iv) all executive officers and directors as a group. No
shares of Class A Common Stock are outstanding.
 
                            BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP(1)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PERCENTAGE OF
                                                               NUMBER      COMMON STOCK(2)
                                                              ---------    ---------------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Kyoei Steel, Ltd.(3)........................................  9,000,000         85.2
Phillip E. Casey(4).........................................  1,005,792          9.5
J. Donald Haney.............................................      6,676           *
Tom J. Landa................................................     14,660           *
Koichi Takashima............................................        500           *
Akihiko Takashima...........................................          0          --
Hideichiro Takashima........................................        300           *
Ryutaro Yoshioka............................................          0          --
Dennie Andrew...............................................      2,500           *
James S. Rogers, II.........................................      2,500           *
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (13
  persons)..................................................  1,042,095          9.9
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
  * Less than one percent.
(1) Beneficial ownership of shares, as determined in accordance with applicable
    Securities Exchange Commission rules, includes shares as to which a person
    has or shares voting power and/or investment power. Except as otherwise
    indicated, all shares are held of record with sole voting and investment
    power. For purposes of the table, a person or group of persons is deemed to
    have "beneficial ownership" of any shares as of a given date which such
    person has the right to acquire within 60 days after such date.
(2) Reflects the Equity Investment.
(3) All shares shown are owned directly by FLS, a wholly owned subsidiary of
    Kyoei. Kyoei's address is 18F Aqua Dojima, West Building, 1-4-16 Dojimahama,
    Kita-Ku, Osaka 530, Japan.
(4) Includes 129,408 shares of Class B Common Stock that have been gifted by Mr.
    Casey pursuant to Transfer and Proxy Agreements between Mr. Casey and
    certain donees. The gifted shares are subject to certain restrictions set
    forth in the agreements. Under the agreements, Mr. Casey is appointed as
    attorney-in-fact with full power to vote the shares in accordance with the
    decision of the holders of a majority of the shares held by the donee
    stockholders and Mr. Casey. As a result, Mr. Casey had the right to vote all
    129,408 shares. Mr. Casey's address is 5100 W. Lemon Street, Suite 312,
    Tampa, Florida 33609.
 
                   DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
 
REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
 
     On June 9, 1995, the Company entered into a revolving credit agreement (the
"Revolving Credit Agreement"), which provided up to $140 million in borrowings
subject to a "borrowing base." On July 14, 1998, the Company amended and
restated its Revolving Credit Agreement increasing the facility to $150 million.
The Revolving Credit Agreement does not contain a "borrowing base" provision and
now expires on July 13, 2003. The Revolving Credit Agreement continues to be
secured by the Company's inventory and receivables and the Subsidiary Guarantors
continue to guarantee the obligations of the Company under the Revolving Credit
Agreement. The Indenture imposes a
 
                                       51
<PAGE>   52
 
"borrowing base" test to the extent that the Company seeks to borrow more than
$140 million under the Revolving Credit Agreement.
 
     The Revolving Credit Agreement contains certain covenants including, among
other restrictions, financial ratios and limitations on indebtedness, liens,
investments and disposition of assets and dividends. It is collateralized by
first priority security interests in substantially all accounts receivable and
inventory of the Company.
 
     Loans under the Revolving Credit Agreement bear interest at a per annum
rate equal to one of several rate options (LIBOR, Fed Funds, or Cost of Funds)
based on the facility chosen at the time of borrowing plus an applicable margin
determined by tests of performance from time to time. The effective interest
rate at March 31, 1998 was 7.1%.
 
     As of March 31, 1998, the Company had approximately $40 million in
outstanding borrowings and approximately $41 million of outstanding letters of
credit under the Revolving Credit Agreement, primarily to secure repayment of
amounts borrowed through industrial revenue bonds and for insurance-related
matters and surety bonds.
 
SUBORDINATED INTERCOMPANY NOTE
 
     The Company has issued to FLS a $40 million promissory note (the
"Subordinated Intercompany Note") with maturing dates through February 25, 2004.
The Subordinated Intercompany Note bears interest at a variable rate based on
the lesser of the Eurodollar rate plus .7% or 12%. The weighted average interest
rate at March 31, 1998 was approximately 7.6%. The Subordinated Intercompany
Note is subordinate to Senior Indebtedness.
 
     FLS, in turn, owes two institutional lenders an aggregate principal amount
equal to the principal amount outstanding under the Subordinated Intercompany
Note. Of these borrowings, $20 million matures in 2003 and the remaining $20
million matures in 2004.
 
INDUSTRIAL REVENUE BONDS
 
     The Company also has $35.9 million in outstanding borrowings obtained
through industrial revenue bonds ("IRBs") issued to construct facilities in
Jackson, Tennessee; Charlotte, North Carolina; Jacksonville, Florida; and Plant
City, Florida. The interest rates on these bonds range from 50% to 75% of the
prime rate. $1.5 million of the IRBs matures in fiscal 1999, $9.4 million
matures in fiscal 2004, $5.0 million matures in fiscal 2015 and the remaining
$20 million matures in fiscal 2018. The IRBs are backed by irrevocable letters
of credit issued pursuant to the Revolving Credit Agreement.
 
                            DESCRIPTION OF NEW NOTES
 
     The form and terms of the New Notes will be identical in all material
respects to the form and terms of the Old Notes, except that (i) the New Notes
have been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, will not bear
legends restricting the transfer thereof and (ii) holders of the New Notes will
not be, and upon consummation of the Exchange Offer, holders of the Old Notes
will no longer be, entitled to certain rights under the Registration Rights
Agreement intended for the holders of unregistered securities, except in limited
circumstances. The Exchange Offer shall be deemed consummated upon the
occurrence of the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture
of the New Notes in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate
principal amount of Old Notes that are tendered by holders thereof pursuant to
the Exchange Offer. See "The Exchange Offer -- Termination" and "Procedures for
Tendering" and "Description of Notes."
 
                                       52
<PAGE>   53
 
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
GENERAL
 
     The Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchaser have
entered into a Registration Rights Agreement on March 30, 1998. Pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors have
agreed, for the benefit of the Holders (as defined herein), at the expense of
the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, to (i) file on or prior to the 60th
calendar day following the Closing Date a Registration Statement with the
Commission with respect to a registered offer to exchange the Old Notes for
Exchange Notes to be issued under the Indenture in the same aggregate principal
amount as and with terms that will be identical in all respects to the Old Notes
(except that the Exchange Notes will not contain terms with respect to the
interest rate step-up provision and transfer restrictions), (ii) use its best
efforts to cause the Registration Statement to be declared effective under the
Securities Act on or prior to the 120th calendar day following the Closing Date
and (iii) use its best efforts to consummate the Exchange Offer on or prior to
the 150th calendar day following the Closing Date. Promptly after the
Registration Statement is declared effective, the Company will offer the
Exchange Notes in exchange for surrender of the Old Notes. The Company will keep
the Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 days and not more than 45 days (or
longer if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the Exchange
Offer is mailed to the Holders. For each Old Note tendered to the Company
pursuant to the Exchange Offer and not validly withdrawn by the Holder thereof,
the Holder of such Old Note will receive an Exchange Note having a principal
amount equal to the principal amount of such surrendered Old Note.
 
     Based on existing interpretations of the Securities Act by the staff of the
commission set forth in several no-action letters to third parties, and subject
to the immediately following sentence, the Company believes that the Exchange
Notes that will be issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for
resale, resold and otherwise transferred by a holder (other than (i) a
broker-dealer who purchased the Old Notes directly from the Company for resale
pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available exemption
under the Securities Act or (ii) a person that is an affiliate of the Company
within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without compliance
with the registration and prospectus delivery provision of the Securities Act.
However, any purchaser of Old Notes who is an "affiliate" of the Company or who
intends to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the
Exchange Notes (i) will not be able to rely on the interpretation by the staff
of the Commission set forth in the above-mentioned no-actions letters, (ii) will
not be able to tender its Old Notes in the Exchange Offer and (iii) must comply
with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act
in connection with any sale or transfer of the Old Notes unless such sale or
transfer is made pursuant to an exemption from such requirements.
 
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
     Each Holder who wishes to exchange Old Notes for Exchange Notes in the
Exchange Offer will be required to represent that (i) it is not an affiliate of
the Company, (ii) any Exchange Notes to be received by it were acquired in the
ordinary course of its business and (iii) at the time of commencement of the
Exchange Offer, it has no arrangement with any person to participate in the
distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes.
In addition, in connection with any resales of Exchange Notes, any broker-dealer
(an "Exchanging Dealer") who acquired the Notes for its own account as a result
of market-making activities or other trading activities must deliver a
prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act. The Commission has
taken the position that Exchanging Dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery
requirements with respect to the Exchange Notes (other than a resale of an
unsold allotment from the original sale of the Notes) with the prospectus
contained in the Registration Statement. Under the Registration Rights
 
                                       53
<PAGE>   54
 
Agreement, the Company is required to allow Exchanging Dealers to use the
prospectus contained in the Registration Statement in connection with the resale
of such Exchange Notes.
 
     In the event that any changes in law or applicable interpretations of the
staff of the Commission do not permit the Company to effect the Exchange Offer,
or if for any reason the Exchange Offer is not consummated within 150 days of
the Closing Date or in certain other circumstances, the Company and the
Subsidiary Guarantors will, at their expense, (i) as promptly as practicable,
and in any event on or prior to 30 days after such filing obligation arises (and
within 180 days after the Closing Date), file with the Commission a shelf
registration statement (the "Shelf Registration Statement") covering resales of
the Old Notes, (ii) use their best efforts to cause the Shelf Registration
Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act on or prior to 45
days after such filing occurs and (iii) keep effective the Shelf Registration
Statement until two years after its effective date (or such shorter period that
will terminate when all the Old Notes covered thereby have been sold pursuant
thereto or in certain other circumstances). The Company will, in the event of
the filing of a Shelf Registration Statement, provide to each Holder covered by
the Shelf Registration Statement copies of the prospectus that is a part of the
Shelf Registration Statement, notify each such Holder when the Shelf
Registration Statement for the Old Notes has become effective and take certain
other actions as are required to permit unrestricted resales of the Old Notes. A
Holder that sells such Old Notes pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement
generally will be required to be named as a selling securityholder in the
related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to the purchaser, will be subject
to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in
connection with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the
Registration Rights Agreement that are applicable to such Holder (including
certain indemnification obligations). In addition, each Holder will be required
to deliver certain information to be used in connection with the Shelf
Registration Statement in order to have its Old Notes included in the Shelf
Registration Statement.
 
     In the event that either (a) the Registration Statement is not filed with
the Commission on or prior to the 60th calendar day following the Closing Date
or (b) the Exchange Offer is not consummated or a Shelf Registration Statement
is not declared effective on or prior to the 150th calendar day following the
Closing Date, the interest rate borne by the Old Notes will be increased by 0.5
percent per annum for the first 30 days following the 60-day period referred to
in clause (a) above or the first 90 days following the 150-day period referred
to in clause (b) above. Such interest will increase by an additional 0.5 percent
per annum at the beginning of each subsequent 30-day period in the case of
clause (a) above or 90-day period in the case of clause (b) above; provided,
however, that in no event will the interest rate borne by the Old Notes be
increased by more than 1.5 percent. Upon the filing of the Registration
Statement, the consummation of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a
Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, the interest rate borne by the
Old Notes from the date of such filing, consummation or effectiveness, as the
case may be, will be reduced to the original interest rate set forth on the
cover of this Prospectus; provided, however, that, if after any such reduction
in interest rate, a different event specified in clause (a) or (b) above occurs,
the interest rate may again be increased pursuant to the foregoing provisions.
 
     The summary herein of certain provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement does no purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the Registration Rights Agreement.
 
     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus
and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, the Company will accept all Old
Notes validly tendered prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration
Date. The Company will issue $1,000 in principal amount of New Notes (and
integral multiples in excess thereof) in exchange for an equal principal amount
of outstanding Old Notes tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer. Holders
may tender some or all of their Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer in any
denomination of $1,000 or in integral multiples in excess thereof.
 
     Based on no-action letters issued by the staff of the Commission to third
parties, the Company believes that the New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange
Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be
 
                                       54
<PAGE>   55
 
offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other
than any such holder that is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of
Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, provided that such New
Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders' business and such
holders have no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution
of such New Notes. Any holder of Old Notes who tenders in the Exchange Offer for
the purpose of participating in a distribution of the New Notes cannot rely on
such interpretation by the staff of the Commission and must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale transaction. Each broker-dealer that receives New
Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were
acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such New Notes.
 
     The form and terms of the New Notes will be the same as the form and terms
of the Old Notes except that the New Notes will not bear legends restricting the
transfer thereof. The New Notes will evidence the same debt as the Old Notes.
The New Notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the
Indenture.
 
     As of the date of this Prospectus, $130,000,000 million aggregate principal
amount of the Old Notes are outstanding and CEDE & Co., the nominee of DTC, is
the only registered holder thereof. In connection with the issuance of the Old
Notes, the Company arranged for the Old Notes to be eligible for trading in the
PORTAL Market, the National Association of Securities Dealers' screen based,
automated market trading of securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A, and
to be issued and transferable in book-entry form through the facilities of DTC.
The New Notes will also be issuable and transferable in book-entry form through
DTC.
 
     This Prospectus, together with the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, is
being sent to all registered holders as of July 31, 1998 (the "Record Date").
 
     The Company shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old Notes
when, as and if the Company has given oral or written notice thereof to the
Exchange Agent. See "Exchange Agent." The Exchange Agent will act as agent for
the tendering holders of Old Notes for the purpose of receiving New Notes from
the Company and delivering New Notes to such holders.
 
     If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for exchange because of an
invalid tender or the occurrence of certain other events set forth herein,
certificates for any such unaccepted Old Notes will be returned, without
expense, to the tendering holder thereof as promptly as practicable after the
Expiration Date.
 
     Holders of Old Notes who tender in the Exchange Offer will not be required
to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the
Letter of Transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of Old Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Company will pay all charges and expenses,
other than certain applicable taxes, in connection with the Exchange Offer. See
"Fees and Expenses."
 
     The Company intends to conduct the Exchange Offer in accordance with the
provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement and the applicable requirements
of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
Old Notes that are not tendered for exchange in the Exchange Offer will remain
outstanding and continue to accrue interest, but will not be entitled to any
rights or benefits under the Registration Rights Agreement.
 
EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; AMENDMENTS
 
     The term "Expiration Date" shall mean 5:00 p.m. New York City time, on
August 31, 1998, unless the Company, in its sole discretion, extends the
Exchange Offer, in which case the term "Expiration Date" shall mean the latest
date to which the Exchange Offer is extended.
 
                                       55
<PAGE>   56
 
     In order to extend the Expiration Date, the Company will notify the
Exchange Agent of any extension by oral or written notice and will mail to the
record holders of Old Notes an announcement thereof, each prior to 9:00 a.m.,
New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled
Expiration Date. Such announcement may state that the Company is extending the
Exchange Offer for a specified period of time.
 
     The Company reserves the right (i) to delay acceptance of any Old Notes, to
extend the Exchange Offer or to terminate the Exchange Offer and to refuse to
accept Old Notes not previously accepted, if any of the conditions set forth
herein under "Termination" shall have occurred and shall not have been waived by
the Company (if permitted to be waived by the Company), by giving oral or
written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the Exchange Agent,
and (ii) to amend the terms of the Exchange Offer in any manner, deemed by it to
be advantageous to the holders of the Old Notes. Any such delay in acceptance,
extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable
by oral or written notice thereof. If the Exchange Offer is amended in a manner
determined by the Company to constitute a material change, the Company will
promptly disclose such amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the
holders of the Old Notes of such amendment.
 
     Without limiting the manner in which the Company may choose to make public
announcements of any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment of
the Exchange Offer, the Company shall have no obligation to publish, advertise,
or otherwise communicate any such public announcement, other than by making a
timely release to the Dow Jones News Service.
 
INTEREST ON THE NEW NOTES
 
     The New Notes will bear interest from the last Interest Payment Date on
which interest was paid on the Old Notes, or if interest has not yet been paid
on the Old Notes, from April 3, 1998. Such interest will be paid with the first
interest payment on the New Notes. Interest on the Old Notes accepted for
exchange will cease to accrue upon issuance of the New Notes.
 
     The New Notes will bear interest at a rate of 8 3/4% per annum. Interest on
the New Notes will be payable semi-annually, in arrears on each Interest Payment
Date following the consummation of the Exchange Offer. Untendered Old Notes that
are not exchanged for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will bear
interest at a rate of 8 3/4% per annum after the Expiration Date.
 
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING
 
     To tender in the Exchange Offer, a holder must complete, sign and date the
Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, have the signatures thereon
guaranteed if required by the Letter of Transmittal, and mail or otherwise
deliver such Letter of Transmittal or such facsimile, together with the Old
Notes (unless the book-entry transfer procedures described below are used) and
any other required documents, to the Exchange Agent for receipt prior to 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
 
     Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC's Book-Entry
Transfer Facility system may make book-entry delivery of the Old Notes by
causing DTC to transfer such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account in
accordance with DTC's procedure for such transfer. Although delivery of Old
Notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's
account at DTC, the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any
required signature guarantees and any other required documents, must, in any
case, be transmitted to and received or confirmed by the Exchange Agent at its
addresses set forth in this Prospectus prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
on the Expiration Date. DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO DTC IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS
PROCEDURES DOES NOT CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>   57
 
     The tender by a holder of Old Notes will constitute an agreement between
such holder and the Company in accordance with the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth herein and in the Letter of Transmittal.
 
     Delivery of all documents must be made to the Exchange Agent at its address
set forth herein. Holders may also request that their respective brokers,
dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or nominees effect such tender for
such holders.
 
     The method of delivery of Old Notes and the Letter of Transmittal and all
other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and risk of
the holders. Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that holders use an
overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be
allowed to assure timely delivery. No Letter of Transmittal or Old Notes should
be sent to the Company.
 
     Only a holder of Old Notes may tender such Old Notes in the Exchange Offer.
The term "holder" with respect to the Exchange Offer means any person in whose
name Old Notes are registered on the books of the Company or any other person
who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder or
any person whose Old Notes are held of record by DTC who desires to deliver such
Old Notes by book-entry Transfer at DTC.
 
     Any beneficial holder whose Old Notes are registered in the name of his
broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes
to tender should contact such registered holder promptly and instruct such
registered holder to tender on his behalf. If such beneficial holder wishes to
tender on his own behalf, such beneficial holder must, prior to completing and
executing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering his Old Notes, either make
appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Old Notes in such holder's
name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The
transfer of record ownership may take considerable time.
 
     Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the
case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national
securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.,
a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the
United States or an "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule
17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act (an "Eligible Institution") that is a participant
in a recognized medallion signature guarantee program unless the Old Notes
tendered pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a registered holder who has not
completed the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special Delivery
Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal or (ii) for the account of an
Eligible Institution.
 
     If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the
registered holder of any Old Notes listed therein, such Old Notes must be
endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers which authorize such person
to tender the Old Notes on behalf of the registered holder, in either case
signed as the name of the registered holder or holders appears on the Old Notes.
 
     If the Letter of Transmittal or any Old Notes or bond powers are signed by
trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of
corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such
persons should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by the Company,
submit evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act with
the Letter of Transmittal.
 
     All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of the tendered Old Notes will be determined
by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and
binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all Old Notes
not properly tendered or any Old Notes the Company's acceptance of which would,
in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be unlawful. The Company also
reserves the absolute right to waive any irregularities or conditions of tender
as to particular Old Notes. The Company's interpretation of the terms and
conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions in the Letter of
 
                                       57
<PAGE>   58
 
Transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any
defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes must be cured
within such time as the Company shall determine. Neither the Company, the
Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification
of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Old Notes nor shall any
of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of
Old Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have
been cured or waived. Any Old Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not
properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been
cured or waived will be returned without cost by the Exchange Agent to the
tendering holder of such Old Notes unless otherwise provided in the Letter of
Transmittal as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.
 
     In addition, the Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to (a)
purchase or make offers for any Old Notes that remain outstanding subsequent to
the Expiration Date, or, as set forth under "Termination," to terminate the
Exchange Offer and (b) to the extent permitted by applicable law, purchase Old
Notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. The
terms of any such purchases or offers may differ from the terms of the Exchange
Offer.
 
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES
 
     Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not
immediately available, or (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes, the Letter of
Transmittal or any other required documents to the Exchange Agent prior to the
Expiration Date, or if such holder cannot complete the procedure for book-entry
transfer on a timely basis, may effect a tender if:
 
          (a) the tender is made through an Eligible Institution;
 
          (b) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent receives from
     such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of
     Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery)
     setting forth the name and address of the holder of the Old Notes, the
     certificate number or numbers of such Old Notes and the principal amount of
     Old Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby, and
     guaranteeing that, within three business days after the Expiration Date,
     the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), together with the
     certificate(s) representing the Old Notes (unless the book-entry transfer
     procedures are to be used) to be tendered in proper form for transfer and
     any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, will be
     deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and
 
          (c) such properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal (or
     facsimile thereof), together with the certificate(s) representing all
     tendered Old Notes in proper form for transfer (or confirmation of a
     book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC of Old Notes
     delivered electronically) and all other documents required by the Letter of
     Transmittal are received by the Exchange Agent within three business days
     after the Expiration Date.
 
     Upon request to the Exchange Agent, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be
sent to holders who wish to tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed
delivery procedures set forth above.
 
WITHDRAWAL OF TENDERS
 
     Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn
at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
 
     To withdraw a tender of Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, a written or
facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange
Agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of
the person having deposited the Old Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"),
(ii) identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number or
numbers and principal amount of such Old Notes), (iii) be signed by the
Depositor in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of
Transmittal by which such Old Notes were tendered (including any
 
                                       58
<PAGE>   59
 
required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer
sufficient to permit the Trustee with respect to the Old Notes to register the
transfer of such Old Notes into the name of the Depositor withdrawing the tender
and (iv) specify the name in which any such Old Notes are to be registered, if
different from that of the Depositor. All questions as to the validity, form and
eligibility (including time of receipt) of such withdrawal notices will be
determined by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding on all
parties. Any Old Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly
tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer, and no New Notes will be issued
with respect thereto unless the Old Notes so withdrawn are validly retendered.
Any Old Notes that have been tendered but which are not accepted for exchange
will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder as soon as
practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange
Offer. Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be retendered by following one of the
procedures described above under "Procedures for Tendering" at any time prior to
the Expiration Date.
 
TERMINATION
 
     Notwithstanding any other term of the Exchange Offer, the Company will not
be required to accept for exchange, or exchange New Notes for any Old Notes not
theretofore accepted for exchange, and may terminate or amend the Exchange Offer
as provided herein before the acceptance of such Old Notes if: (i) any action or
proceeding is instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any
governmental agency with respect to the Exchange Offer, which, in the Company's
judgment, might materially impair the Company's ability to proceed with the
exchange Offer or (ii) any law, statute, rule or regulation is proposed, adopted
or enacted, or any existing law, statute, rule or regulation is interpreted by
the staff of the Commission in a manner, which, in the Company's judgment, might
materially impair the Company's ability to proceed with the Exchange Offer.
 
     If the Company determines that it may terminate the Exchange Offer, as set
forth above, the Company may (i) refuse to accept any Old Notes and return any
Old Notes that have been tendered to the holders thereof, (ii) extend the
Exchange Offer and retain all Old Notes tendered prior to the expiration of the
Exchange Offer, subject to the rights of such holders of tendered Old Notes to
withdraw their tendered Old Notes, or (iii) waive such termination event with
respect to the Exchange Offer and accept all properly tendered Old Notes that
have not been withdrawn. If such waiver constitutes a material change in the
Exchange Offer, the Company will disclose such change by means of a supplement
to this Prospectus that will be distributed to each registered holder of Old
Notes, and the Company will extend the Exchange Offer for a period of five to
ten business days, depending upon the significance of the waiver and the manner
of disclosure to the registered holders of the Old Notes, if the Exchange Offer
would otherwise expire during such period.
 
EXCHANGE AGENT
 
     The State Street Bank and Trust Company has been appointed as Exchange
Agent for the Exchange Offer. Questions and requests for assistance and requests
for additional copies of this Prospectus or of the Letter of Transmittal should
be directed to the Exchange Agent addressed as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
    By Registered or Certified Mail:                     By Hand or Overnight Delivery:
   State Street Bank & Trust Company                   State Street Bank & Trust Company
              P.O. Box 778                                 Corporate Trust Department
         Boston, MA 02102-0078                              Two International Place
        Attention: Kellie Mullen                                  Fourth Floor
                                                             Boston, MA 02102-0078
                                                            Attention: Kellie Mullen
</TABLE>
 
                    By Facsimile for Eligible Institutions:
                                 (617) 664-5290
 
                            Attention: Kellie Mullen
                             Confirm by Telephone:
                                 (617) 664-5314
 
          For information or confirmation by telephone: (617) 664-5314
 
                                       59
<PAGE>   60
 
FEES AND EXPENSES
 
     The expenses of soliciting tenders pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be
borne by the Company. The principal solicitation for tenders pursuant to the
Exchange Offer is being made by mail. Additional solicitations may be made by
officers and regular employees of the Company and its affiliates in person, by
telegraph or by telephone.
 
     The Company will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or other persons
soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. The Company, however, will pay the
Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse
the Exchange Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection
therewith. The Company may also pay brokerage houses and other custodians,
nominees and fiduciaries the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them
in forwarding copies of this Prospectus, Letters of Transmittal and related
documents to the beneficial owners of the Old Notes and in handling or
forwarding tenders for exchange.
 
     The expenses to be incurred in connection with the Exchange Offer,
including fees and expenses of the Exchange Agent and Trustee and accounting and
legal fees, will be paid by the Company.
 
     The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange
of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, certificates
representing New Notes or Old Notes not tendered or accepted for exchange are to
be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person
other than the registered holder of the Old Notes tendered, or if tendered Old
Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the
Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than
the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any
such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other
persons) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of
payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with the Letter of
Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such
tendering holder.
 
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
 
     The New Notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the Old Notes,
which is face value, as reflected in the Company's accounting records on the
date of the exchange. Accordingly, no gain or loss for accounting purposes will
be recognized by the Company upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer. The
expenses of the Exchange Offer will be amortized by the Company over the term of
the New Notes under generally accepted accounting principles.
 
APPRAISAL RIGHTS
 
     Holders of the Old Notes will not have dissenters' rights or appraisal
rights in connection with the Exchange Offer.
 
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
     Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. This
Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used
by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in
exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed
that for a period of one year after the Expiration Date, it will make this
Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use
in connection with any such resale. In addition, until such date all dealers
effecting transactions in the Exchange Note may be required to deliver a
prospectus.
 
     The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Old Notes by
broker-dealers. Exchange Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more
transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through
the writing of options on the Exchange Notes, or a combination of such methods
of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related
to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be
made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive
compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such
broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such Exchange Notes. Any
broker-dealer that resells Exchange Notes that were received by it for its own
account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that
participates in a distribution of such Exchange Notes may be deemed to be an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any
such resale of Exchange Notes and any commissions or concessions received by any
such person may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities
Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver
and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that
it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>   61
 
                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
 
GENERAL
 
     The Notes offered hereby were initially issued under an indenture dated
April 3, 1998 among the Company, as issuer, each of the Company's Restricted
Subsidiaries, as Guarantors, and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as
Trustee, a copy of the form of which will be made available to prospective
purchasers of the Notes upon request. Upon the issuance of the Exchange Notes,
or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Indenture will be
subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The
following summary of the material provisions of the Indenture does not purport
to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, reference to
the provisions of the Indenture, including the definitions of certain terms
contained therein and those terms made part of the Indenture by reference to the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. For definitions of certain capitalized
terms used in the following summary, see "Certain Definitions" below.
 
PRINCIPAL, MATURITY AND INTEREST
 
     The Notes will mature on April 15, 2008, will be limited in aggregate
principal amount to $130 million and will be senior unsecured obligations of the
Company. The Indenture provides for the issuance of up to $100 million aggregate
principal amount of additional Notes having identical terms and conditions to
the Notes offered hereby (the "Additional Notes"), subject to compliance with
the covenants contained in the Indenture. Any Additional Notes will be part of
the same issue as the Notes offered hereby and will vote on all matters with the
Notes offered hereby. For purposes of this "Description of the Notes," reference
to the Notes does not include Additional Notes. Interest on the Notes will
accrue at the rate of 8 3/4% per annum and will be payable semi-annually on each
October 15 and April 15, commencing October 15, 1998, to the Holders of record
on the immediately preceding October 1 and April 1. Interest on the Notes will
accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
interest has been paid, from the original date of issuance (the "Issue Date").
Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprising twelve
30-day months. The Notes will be payable both as to principal and interest at
the office or agency of the Company in The City of New York maintained for such
purposes (which initially will be the office of the Trustee located at 61
Broadway, 15th Floor, New York, New York 10006) or, at the option of the
Company, payment of interest may be paid by check mailed to the address of the
person entitled thereto as such address appears in the security register. The
Notes will be issued only in registered form without coupons and only in
denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. No service charge
will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange or redemption of
Notes, but the Company may require payment in certain circumstances of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in
connection therewith.
 
     Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer
and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer will be treated
as a single class of securities under the Indenture.
 
     The Notes will not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund.
 
RANKING
 
     The Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Company, ranking
senior in right of payment to all future subordinated Indebtedness of the
Company and pari passu with all existing and future senior Indebtedness of the
Company.
 
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
 
     Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the
Notes, when and as the same become due and payable, will be guaranteed, jointly
and severally, on a senior unsecured basis
 
                                       61
<PAGE>   62
 
(the "Subsidiary Guarantees") by the Subsidiary Guarantors referred to below.
The obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Subsidiary Guarantees
will be limited so as not to constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable
law. See "Risk Factors -- Fraudulent Conveyance Considerations."
 
     As of the Closing Date, the Company will have no Subsidiaries other than
AmeriSteel Finance, Inc. The Indenture requires that AmeriSteel Finance, Inc.
and each future Restricted Subsidiary be a Subsidiary Guarantor. Under certain
circumstances, the Company will be able to designate future Subsidiaries as
Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to many
of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture and will not be
Subsidiary Guarantors.
 
     The Indenture provides that, in the event of a sale, transfer or other
disposition of all of the Capital Stock of a Subsidiary Guarantor to a person
that is not an Affiliate of the Company in compliance with the terms of the
Indenture, or in the event all or substantially all of the assets of a
Subsidiary Guarantor are sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of to a person
that is not an Affiliate of the Company in compliance with the terms of the
Indenture, then such Subsidiary Guarantor will be deemed automatically and
unconditionally released and discharged from all of its obligations under its
Subsidiary Guarantee without any further action on the part of the Trustee or
any Holder; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds of such sale, transfer or other
disposition are applied in accordance with "-- Repurchase at the Option of
Holders -- Asset Sales." In addition, any Subsidiary Guarantor that is
designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture may be released and relieved of its obligations under its Subsidiary
Guarantee.
 
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
 
     The Notes will not be redeemable at the Company's option prior to April 15,
2003. Thereafter, the Notes will be redeemable, at the option of the Company, as
a whole or from time to time in part, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days'
prior notice to the Holders at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages
of principal amount) set forth below, together with accrued interest, if any, to
the redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on April
15 of the years indicated below (subject to the right of holders of record on
the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              REDEMPTION
YEAR                                                            PRICE
- ----                                                          ----------
<S>                                                           <C>
2003........................................................   104.375%
2004........................................................   102.917%
2005........................................................   101.458%
2006 and thereafter.........................................   100.000%
</TABLE>
 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time or from time to time on or prior
to April 15, 2001, the Company may redeem, on one or more occasions, up to 35%
of the sum of (i) the initial aggregate principal amount of the Notes and (ii)
the initial aggregate principal amount of any Additional Notes with the net
proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings at a redemption price equal to
108.75% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the
relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date);
provided that, immediately after giving effect to such redemption, at least 65%
of the initial aggregate principal amount of the Notes (excluding the Additional
Notes) remains outstanding; and provided further that such redemptions shall
occur within 60 days of the date of closing of each Public Equity Offering.
 
     If less than all the Notes or Additional Notes, if any, are to be redeemed,
the particular Notes or Additional Notes to be redeemed will be selected not
more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee by such method as
the Trustee deems fair and appropriate.
 
                                       62
<PAGE>   63
 
MANDATORY REDEMPTION
 
     Except as set forth below under "-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders,"
the Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund
payments with respect to the Notes.
 
REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS
 
  Change of Control
 
     If a Change of Control occurs at any time, then each Holder will have the
right to require that the Company purchase such Holder's Notes, in whole or in
part in integral multiples of $1,000, at a purchase price in cash equal to 101%
of the principal amount of such Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any,
to the date of purchase, pursuant to the offer described below (the "Change of
Control Offer") and the other procedures set forth in the Indenture.
 
     Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will notify the
Trustee thereof and give written notice of such Change of Control to each Holder
of Notes and Additional Notes by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at its
address appearing in the security register, stating, among other things: (i) the
purchase price and the purchase date, which will be a Business Day no earlier
than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or such
later date as is necessary to comply with requirements under the Exchange Act;
(ii) that any Note or Additional Note not tendered will continue to accrue
interest; (iii) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase
price, any Notes or Additional Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change
of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control
purchase date; and (iv) certain other procedures that a Holder must follow to
accept a Change of Control Offer or to withdraw such acceptance.
 
     If a Change of Control Offer is made, there can be no assurance that the
Company will have available funds sufficient to pay the purchase price for all
of the Notes and Additional Notes that might be tendered by Holders of Notes and
Additional Notes seeking to accept the Change of Control Offer. The failure of
the Company to make or consummate the Change of Control Offer or pay the
applicable Change of Control purchase price when due would result in an Event of
Default and would give the Trustee and the Holders of Notes and Additional Notes
the rights described under "-- Events of Default and Remedies."
 
     One of the events that constitutes a Change of Control under the Indenture
is the disposition of "all or substantially all" of the Company's assets. This
term has not been interpreted under New York law (which is the governing law of
the Indenture) to represent a specific quantitative test. As a consequence, in
the event Holders of Notes and Additional Notes elect to require the Company to
purchase Notes and Additional Notes and the Company elects to contest such
election, there can be no assurance as to how a court interpreting New York law
would interpret the phrase in many circumstances.
 
     The existence of a Holder's right to require the Company to purchase such
Holder's Notes or Additional Notes upon a Change of Control may deter a third
party from acquiring the Company in a transaction that constitutes a Change of
Control.
 
     The definition of "Change of Control" in the Indenture is limited in scope.
The provisions of the Indenture may not afford Holders of Notes or Additional
Notes the right to require the Company to repurchase such Notes or Additional
Notes in the event of a highly leveraged transaction or certain transactions
with the Company's management or its affiliates, including a reorganization,
restructuring, merger or similar transaction involving the Company (including,
in certain circumstances, an acquisition of the Company by management or its
affiliates) that may adversely affect Holders, if such transaction is not a
transaction defined as a Change of Control. See "-- Certain Definitions" below
for the definition of "Change of Control." A transaction involving the Company's
management or its affiliates, or a transaction involving a recapitalization of
the Company, would result in a Change of Control if it is the type of
transaction specified in such definition.
 
                                       63
<PAGE>   64
 
     The Company will comply with the applicable tender offer rules, including
Rule-14e under the Exchange Act, and any other applicable securities laws and
regulations, to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in the event
that the Company is required to repurchase Notes as described above.
 
     The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
create any restriction (other than restrictions existing under Indebtedness as
in effect on the Closing Date or in refinancings of such Indebtedness) that
would materially impair the ability of the Company to make a Change of Control
Offer to purchase the Notes or Additional Notes tendered for purchase.
 
  Asset Sales
 
     The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
engage in any Asset Sale unless (i) the consideration received by the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary for such Asset Sale is not less than the fair market
value of the assets sold (as determined by the Board of Directors of the
Company, whose good faith determination will be conclusive) and (ii) the
consideration received by the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary in
respect of such Asset Sale consists of at least 75% cash or cash equivalents;
provided, however, that the Company may receive up to $5 million in the form of
non-cash consideration in connection with the Atlas Disposition.
 
     If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary engages in an Asset Sale, the
Company may, at its option, within 12 months after such Asset Sale, (i) apply
all or a portion of the Net Cash Proceeds to the permanent reduction of amounts
outstanding under the Bank Credit Agreement or to the repayment of other senior
Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) invest (or enter
into a legally binding agreement to invest) all or a portion of such Net Cash
Proceeds in properties and assets to replace the properties and assets that were
the subject of the Asset Sale or in properties and assets that will be used in
businesses of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be,
existing on the Closing Date. If any such legally binding agreement to invest
such Net Cash Proceeds is terminated, the Company may, within 90 days of such
termination or within 12 months of such Asset Sale, whichever is later, invest
such Net Cash Proceeds as provided in clause (i) or (ii) (without regard to the
parenthetical contained in such clause (ii)) above. The amount of such Net Cash
Proceeds not so used as set forth above in this paragraph constitutes "Excess
Proceeds."
 
     When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $5 million, the
Company will, within 30 days thereafter, make an offer to purchase from all
Holders of Notes and Additional Notes, if any, on a pro rata basis, in
accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture, the maximum principal
amount (expressed as a multiple of $1,000) of Notes and Additional Notes, if
any, that may be purchased with the Excess Proceeds, at a purchase price in cash
equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest, if any, to
the date such offer to purchase is consummated. To the extent that the aggregate
principal amount of Notes and Additional Notes, if any, tendered pursuant to
such offer to purchase is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use
such deficiency for general corporate purposes. If the aggregate principal
amount of Notes and Additional Notes, if any, validly tendered and not withdrawn
by holders thereof exceeds the Excess Proceeds, the Notes and Additional Notes,
if any, to be purchased will be selected on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of
such offer to purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset to zero.
 
     The Company will comply with the applicable tender offer rules, including
Rule-14e under the Exchange Act, and any other applicable securities laws and
regulations, to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in the event
that the Company is required to repurchase Notes as described above.
 
                                       64
<PAGE>   65
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS
 
  Restricted Payments
 
     The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions:
 
          (a) declare or pay any dividend on, or make any distribution to
     holders of, any shares of the Capital Stock of the Company or any
     Restricted Subsidiary, other than (i) dividends or distributions payable
     solely in Qualified Equity Interests, (ii) dividends or distributions by a
     Restricted Subsidiary payable to the Company or another Restricted
     Subsidiary or (iii) pro rata dividends or distributions on common stock or
     equity interests of Restricted Subsidiaries held by minority shareholders,
     provided that such dividends do not in the aggregate exceed the minority
     shareholders' pro rata share of such Restricted Subsidiaries' net income
     from the first day of the Company's fiscal quarter during which the Closing
     Date occurs;
 
          (b) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value,
     directly or indirectly, any shares of Capital Stock, or any options,
     warrants or other rights to acquire such shares of Capital Stock, of the
     Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company (other
     than, in either case, any such Capital Stock owned by the Company or any of
     its Restricted Subsidiaries);
 
          (c) make any principal payment on, or repurchase, redeem, defease or
     otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled principal
     payment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness;
     and
 
          (d) make any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any
     person (such payments or other actions described in (but not excluded from)
     clauses (a) through (d) being referred to as "Restricted Payments"), unless
     at the time of, and immediately after giving effect to, the proposed
     Restricted Payment:
 
             (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
 
             (ii) the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional
        Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of "-- Certain
        Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified
        Stock," and
 
             (iii) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made after
        the Closing Date does not exceed the sum of:
 
                (A) 50% of the aggregate Consolidated Adjusted Net Income of the
           Company during the period (taken as one accounting period) from the
           first day of the Company's fiscal quarter during which the Closing
           Date occurs to the last day of the Company's most recently ended
           fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available
           at the time of such proposed Restricted Payment (or, if such
           aggregate cumulative Consolidated Adjusted Net Income is a loss,
           minus 100% of such amount);
 
                (B) the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company
           after the Closing Date from the issuance or sale (other than to a
           Subsidiary) of either (1) Qualified Equity Interests of the Company
           (excluding from this computation (x) proceeds of the Equity
           Investment and (y) proceeds of a Public Equity Offering received by
           the Company that are used by it to redeem Notes as discussed above)
           or (2) debt securities or Disqualified Stock that have been converted
           into or exchanged for Qualified Stock of the Company, together with
           the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company at the time
           of such conversion or exchange; and
 
                (C) $10 million.
 
                                       65
<PAGE>   66
 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
may take the following actions, so long as no Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing or would occur:
 
          (a) the payment of any dividend in cash or Qualified Equity Interests
     of the Company within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at
     the declaration date such payment would not have been prohibited by the
     foregoing provisions;
 
          (b) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for
     value of any shares of Capital Stock of the Company, in exchange for, or
     out of the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent issuance and
     sale (other than to a Subsidiary) of, Qualified Equity Interests of the
     Company;
 
          (c) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or
     retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for, or
     out of the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent issuance and
     sale (other than to a Subsidiary) of, shares of Qualified Equity Interests
     of the Company;
 
          (d) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or
     retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for, or out
     of the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent issuance or sale
     (other than to a Subsidiary) of, Subordinated Indebtedness, so long as the
     Company or a Restricted Subsidiary would be permitted to refinance such
     original Subordinated Indebtedness with such new Subordinated Indebtedness
     pursuant to clause (iv) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness;
 
          (e) the repurchase for value of shares of Capital Stock of the Company
     pursuant to and in accordance with the Company's right to make such
     repurchase under the terms of the Shares in Success Plan, the Equity
     Ownership Plan or the Short-Term Incentive Plan in an amount not to exceed
     $500,000 in any fiscal year;
 
          (f) (A) the repayment of up to $10 million principal amount of the
     Subordinated Intercompany Note with the proceeds of the Equity Investment;
     (B) the repayment of up to $20 million principal amount of the Subordinated
     Intercompany Note with the proceeds of the Offering; or (C) the refinancing
     or other restructuring of up to $20 million principal amount of the
     Subordinated Intercompany Note; provided, however, that any Indebtedness
     resulting from such refinancing or restructuring (x) is subordinate to the
     Notes, under subordination terms substantially similar to those contained
     in the Subordinated Intercompany Note, (y) is in an aggregate principal
     amount not greater than the amount being refinanced or restructured and (z)
     includes scheduled principal repayments in an amount not to exceed $3.5
     million in any fiscal year;
 
          (g) following the first Public Equity Offering, the payment of any
     regular quarterly dividends in respect of the Company's common stock, out
     of funds legally available therefor, in an amount not to exceed, in any
     fiscal year, the lesser of (i) $2.5 million or (ii) 4% of the Net Cash
     Proceeds received by the Company in such Public Equity Offering; and
 
          (h) the repurchase of any Subordinated Indebtedness at a purchase
     price not greater than 101% of the principal amount of such Subordinated
     Indebtedness in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with
     provisions similar to the "Change of Control" covenant; provided that,
     prior to or simultaneously with such repurchase, the Company has made the
     Change of Control Offer as provided in such covenant with respect to the
     Notes and has repurchased all Notes validly tendered for payment in
     connection with such Change of Control Offer.
 
     The actions described in clauses (b), (c), (e), (g) and (h) of this
paragraph will be Restricted Payments that will be permitted to be taken in
accordance with this paragraph but will reduce the amount that would otherwise
be available for Restricted Payments under clause (iii) of the first paragraph
of this covenant and the actions described in clauses (a), (d) and (f) of this
paragraph will be Restricted Payments that will be permitted to be taken in
accordance with this paragraph and will
 
                                       66
<PAGE>   67
 
not reduce the amount that would otherwise be available for Restricted Payments
under clause (iii) of the first paragraph of this covenant.
 
     For the purpose of making any calculations under the Indenture (i) if a
Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the Company will
be deemed to have made an Investment in an amount equal to the greatest of the
fair market value or net book value of the net assets of such Restricted
Subsidiary at the time of such designation as determined by the Board of
Directors of the Company, and (ii) any property transferred to or from an
Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at fair market value at the time of such
transfer, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company. The amount of
all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the
date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be
transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any
non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined by the Board of Directors whose
resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee, such
determination to be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting,
appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if such fair market
value exceeds $5 million. Not later than the date of making any Restricted
Payment, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an officer's certificate
stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis
upon which the calculations required under "-- Certain Covenants -- Restricted
Payments" were computed, together with a copy of any fairness opinion or
appraisal required by the Indenture.
 
     If the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments calculated under the
foregoing provision includes an Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary or
other person that thereafter becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, the aggregate
amount of all Restricted Payments calculated under the foregoing provision will
be reduced by the lesser of (x) the net asset value of such Subsidiary at the
time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and (y) the initial amount of such
Investment.
 
     If an Investment resulted in the making of a Restricted Payment, the
aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments calculated under the foregoing
provision will be reduced by the amount of any net reduction in such Investment
(resulting from the payment of interest or dividends, loan repayment, transfer
of assets or otherwise, other than the redesignation of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary or other person as a Restricted Subsidiary), to the extent such net
reduction is not included in the Company's Consolidated Adjusted Net Income;
provided that the total amount by which the aggregate amount of all Restricted
Payments may be reduced may not exceed the lesser of (x) the cash proceeds
received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such
net reduction and (y) the initial amount of such Investment.
 
     In computing the Consolidated Adjusted Net Income of the Company for
purposes of the foregoing clause (iii)(A), (i) the Company may use audited
financial statements for the portions of the relevant period for which audited
financial statements are available on the date of determination and unaudited
financial statements and other current financial data based on the books and
records of the Company for the remaining portion of such period and (ii) the
Company will be permitted to rely in good faith on the financial statements and
other financial data derived from its books and records that are available on
the date of determination. If the Company makes a Restricted Payment that, at
the time of the making of such Restricted Payment, would in the good faith
determination of the Company be permitted under the requirements of the
Indenture, such Restricted Payment will be deemed to have been made in
compliance with the Indenture notwithstanding any subsequent adjustments made in
good faith to the Company's financial statements affecting Consolidated Adjusted
Net Income of the Company for any period.
 
  Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock
 
     The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
create, issue, assume, guarantee or in any manner become directly or indirectly
liable for the payment of, or otherwise incur (collectively, "incur"), any
Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness and the issuance of
 
                                       67
<PAGE>   68
 
Disqualified Stock), except that the Company may incur Indebtedness if, at the
time of such event, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the immediately
preceding four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are
available, taken as one accounting period, would have been equal to at least
2.25 to 1.0.
 
     In making the calculation under the preceding paragraph for any
four-quarter period that includes the Closing Date, pro forma effect will be
given to the Refinancing, as if the Refinancing had occurred at the beginning of
such four-quarter period. In addition (but without duplication), in making the
calculation under the preceding paragraph, pro forma effect will be given to:
(i) the incurrence of such Indebtedness and (if applicable) the application of
the net proceeds therefrom, including to refinance other Indebtedness, as if
such Indebtedness was incurred and the application of such proceeds occurred at
the beginning of such four-quarter period; (ii) the incurrence, repayment or
retirement of any other Indebtedness by the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries since the first day of such four-quarter period as if such
Indebtedness was incurred, repaid or retired at the beginning of such four-
quarter period; and (iii) the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger or
otherwise) or disposition (whether by sale, merger or otherwise) of any company,
entity or business acquired or disposed of by the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries, as the case may be, since the first day of such four-quarter
period, as if such acquisition or disposition occurred at the beginning of such
four-quarter period. In making a computation under the foregoing clause (i) or
(ii), (A) the amount of Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility will be
computed based on the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such
four-quarter period, (B) if such Indebtedness bears, at the option of the
Company, a fixed or floating rate of interest, interest thereon will be computed
by applying, at the option of the Company, either the fixed or floating rate,
and (C) the amount of any Indebtedness that bears interest at a floating rate
will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had
been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging
Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligations have a
remaining term at the date of determination in excess of 12 months).
 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, and may permit its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, incur the following Indebtedness ("Permitted
Indebtedness"):
 
          (i) Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the
     Bank Credit Agreement (and the incurrence by any Subsidiary Guarantor of
     guarantees thereof) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time
     outstanding not to exceed the greater of (A) the Borrowing Base or (B) $140
     million, less any amounts applied to the permanent reduction of such credit
     facilities pursuant to the provisions of "-- Repurchase at the Option of
     Holders -- Asset Sales";
 
          (ii) Indebtedness represented by the Notes (other than the Additional
     Notes) and the Subsidiary Guarantees;
 
          (iii) Existing Indebtedness;
 
          (iv) the incurrence by the Company of Permitted Refinancing
     Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to
     refund, refinance or replace, any Indebtedness that is permitted to be
     incurred under clause (ii) or (iii) above;
 
          (v) Indebtedness owed by the Company to any Wholly Owned Restricted
     Subsidiary or owed by any Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Wholly
     Owned Restricted Subsidiary (provided that such Indebtedness is held by the
     Company or such Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that any
     Indebtedness of the Company owing to any such Restricted Subsidiary is
     unsecured and subordinated in right of payment from and after such time as
     the Notes shall become due and payable (whether at Stated Maturity,
     acceleration, or otherwise) to the payment and performance of the Company's
     obligations under the Notes;
 
          (vi) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under
     Hedging Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;
 
                                       68
<PAGE>   69
 
          (vii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
     consisting of guarantees, indemnities or obligations in respect of purchase
     price adjustments in connection with the acquisition or disposition of
     assets, including, without limitation, shares of Capital Stock;
 
          (viii) either (A) Capitalized Lease Obligations of the Company or any
     Restricted Subsidiary or (B) Indebtedness under purchase money mortgages or
     secured by purchase money security interests so long as (x) such
     Indebtedness is not secured by any property or assets of the Company or any
     Restricted Subsidiary other than the property and assets so acquired and
     (y) such Indebtedness is created within 60 days of the acquisition of the
     related property or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness thereof;
     provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness under clauses (A) and
     (B) does not exceed 10% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at any one time
     outstanding;
 
          (ix) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant
     to Trade Loan Agreements in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5
     million at any one time outstanding;
 
          (x) Guarantees by any Restricted Subsidiary made in accordance with
     the provisions of "-- Certain Covenants -- Guarantees of Indebtedness by
     Restricted Subsidiaries"; and
 
          (xi) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not
     permitted by any other clause of this definition, in an aggregate principal
     amount not to exceed $25 million at any one time outstanding.
 
  Liens
 
     The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to
directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any
kind on or with respect to any of its property or assets, including any shares
of stock or debt of any Restricted Subsidiary whether owned at the Closing Date
or thereafter acquired, or any income, profits or proceeds therefrom, or assign
or otherwise convey any right to receive income thereon, unless (a) in the case
of any Lien securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes are secured by a Lien
on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Lien and
(b) in the case of any other Lien, the Notes are equally and ratably secured
with the obligation or liability secured by such Lien.
 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, and may permit any
Subsidiary to, incur the following Liens ("Permitted Liens"):
 
          (i) Liens (other than (A) Liens securing Indebtedness under the Bank
     Credit Agreement and (B) Liens securing the First Mortgage Notes more than
     60 days after the Closing Date) existing as of the Closing Date;
 
          (ii) Liens on property or assets of the type specified in the Bank
     Credit Agreement as of the Closing Date of the Company or any Restricted
     Subsidiary securing Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Agreement or one or
     more other credit facilities in a principal amount not to exceed the
     principal amount of the outstanding Indebtedness permitted by clause (i) of
     the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness";
 
          (iii) Liens on any property or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary
     granted in favor of the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary;
 
          (iv) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease
     Obligation or Sale and Leaseback Transaction that was not entered into in
     violation of "-- Certain Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness and
     Issuance of Disqualified Stock";
 
          (v) Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness created prior to (and not in
     connection with or in contemplation of) the incurrence of such Indebtedness
     by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Lien does
     not extend to any property or assets of the Company
 
                                       69
<PAGE>   70
 
     other than the property and assets acquired in connection with the
     incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness;
 
          (vi) Liens securing Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred
     pursuant to clause (vi) of the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness";
 
          (vii) Liens arising from purchase money mortgages and purchase money
     security interests incurred in the ordinary course of the business of the
     Company; provided that (A) the related Indebtedness is not secured by any
     property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than
     the property and assets so acquired, (B) the Lien securing such
     Indebtedness is created within 60 days of such acquisition, and (C) the
     related Indebtedness was not incurred in violation of "-- Certain
     Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified
     Stock";
 
          (viii) Liens on Fixed Assets of the Company or a Restricted
     Subsidiary; provided that the aggregate net book value of all such Fixed
     Assets does not exceed 10% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets at any one
     time outstanding;
 
          (ix) statutory Liens or landlords', carriers', warehouseman's,
     mechanics', suppliers', materialmen's, repairmen's or other like Liens
     arising in the ordinary course of business and with respect to amounts not
     yet delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
     and, if required by GAAP, a reserve or other appropriate provision has been
     made therefor;
 
          (x) Liens for taxes, assessments, government charges or claims that
     are not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate
     proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and, if required
     by GAAP, a reserve or other appropriate provision has been made therefor;
 
          (xi) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of
     tenders, bids, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds,
     government contracts, performance bonds and other obligations of a like
     nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than contracts
     for the payment of money);
 
          (xii) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar charges
     or encumbrances not interfering in any material respect with the business
     of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course
     of business;
 
          (xiii) deposits or pledges to secure obligations under workmen's
     compensation, social security or similar laws, or under unemployment
     insurance;
 
          (xiv) Liens arising by reason of any judgment, decree or order of any
     court, so long as such Lien is adequately bonded or adequately covered by
     insurance as to which the insurance company has not disclaimed or disputed
     in writing its obligations for coverage and any appropriate legal
     proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such
     judgment, decree or order have not been finally terminated or the period
     within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired; and
 
          (xv) any extension, renewal or replacement, in whole or in part, of
     any Lien described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (xiv); provided
     that any such extension, renewal or replacement is no more restrictive in
     any material respect than the Lien so extended, renewed or replaced and
     does not extend to any additional property or assets.
 
  Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
 
     The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become
effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability
of any Restricted Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends, in cash or otherwise, or make
any other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock, (b) pay any
Indebtedness owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (c) make
loans or advances to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, or (d)
transfer any of its properties or assets to the
 
                                       70
<PAGE>   71
 
Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, except for such encumbrances or
restrictions existing under or by reason of:
 
          (i) any agreement in effect on the Closing Date;
 
          (ii) customary non-assignment provisions of any lease governing a
     leasehold interest of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
          (iii) the refinancing or successive refinancing of Indebtedness
     incurred under the agreements in effect on the Closing Date, so long as
     such encumbrances or restrictions are no less favorable to the Company or
     any Restricted Subsidiary than those contained in such original agreement;
     or
 
          (iv) any agreement or other instrument of a person acquired by the
     Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such
     acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance
     or restriction is not applicable to any person, or the properties or assets
     of any person, other than the person, or the property or assets of the
     person, so acquired.
 
  Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets
 
     The Company may not, in a single transaction or series of related
transactions, consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Company is
the surviving corporation), or directly and/or indirectly through its
Subsidiaries, sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all
or substantially all of its properties or assets (determined on a consolidated
basis for the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole) in one or more
related transactions to, another corporation, person or entity unless:
 
          (a) either (i) the Company is the surviving corporation or (ii) in the
     case of a transaction involving the Company, the entity or the person
     formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the
     Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or
     other disposition shall have been made (the "Surviving Entity") is a
     corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any
     state thereof or the District of Columbia and assumes all the obligations
     of the Company under the Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a supplemental
     indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
 
          (b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and treating
     any obligation of the Company in connection with or as a result of such
     transaction as having been incurred as of the time of such transaction, no
     Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;
 
          (c) the Company (or the Surviving Entity if the Company is not the
     continuing obligor under the Indenture) could, at the time of such
     transaction and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such
     transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter
     period, incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than
     Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the first paragraph of "-- Certain
     Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified
     Stock";
 
          (d) if the Company is not the continuing obligor under the Indenture,
     each Subsidiary Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transaction
     described above, has by supplemental indenture confirmed that its
     Subsidiary Guarantee applies to the Surviving Entity's obligations under
     the Indenture and the Notes;
 
          (e) if any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its
     Restricted Subsidiaries would thereupon become subject to any Lien, the
     provisions of "-- Certain Covenants -- Liens" are complied with;
 
          (f) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma
     basis, the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company (or of the Surviving
     Entity if the Company is not the continuing obligor under the Indenture) is
     equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company
     immediately prior to such transaction; and
 
          (g) the Company delivers, or causes to be delivered, to the Trustee,
     in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an officers'
     certificate and an opinion of counsel, each
 
                                       71
<PAGE>   72
 
     stating that such transaction complies with the requirements identified
     under this caption "-- Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets";
 
provided, however, that any sale, transfer or disposition of all of the Capital
Stock, or all or substantially all of the assets, of a Subsidiary Guarantor will
not be restricted by the foregoing provisions but will be governed by the
provisions described under "Subsidiary Guarantees."
 
     The Indenture will provide that no Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate
with or merge with or into any other person or convey, sell, assign, transfer,
lease or otherwise disposed of its properties and assets substantially as an
entity to any other person (other than the Company or another Subsidiary
Guarantor) unless: (a) subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the
person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger (if other than such
Subsidiary Guarantor) or to which such properties and assets are transferred
assumes all of the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture
and its Subsidiary Guarantee, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and
substance satisfactory to the Trustee and (b) immediately after giving effect to
such transaction, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
 
     For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or
otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or
substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Restricted
Subsidiaries, the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of
the properties and assets of the Company, shall be deemed to be the transfer of
all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.
 
     In the event of any transaction described in and complying with the
conditions listed in the first paragraph of this covenant in which the Company
is not the continuing obligor under the Indenture, the Surviving Entity will
succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of,
the Company under the Indenture, and thereafter the Company will, except in the
case of a lease, be discharged from all its obligations and covenants under the
Indenture and the Notes.
 
  Transactions with Affiliates
 
     The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
directly or indirectly, enter into or suffer to exist any transaction with, or
for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company or any beneficial owner of 5%
or more of any class of the Capital Stock of the Company at any time outstanding
("Interested Persons"), unless (a) such transaction is on terms that are no less
favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than
those that could have been obtained in an arm's length transaction with third
parties who are not Interested Persons and (b) the Company delivers to the
Trustee (i) with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions
entered into after the Closing Date involving aggregate payments in excess of $3
million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an
officers' certificate certifying that such transaction or transactions complies
with clause (a) above and that such transaction or transactions have been
approved by the Board of Directors (including a majority of the Disinterested
Directors) of the Company and (ii) with respect to a transaction or series of
related transactions involving aggregate payments equal to or greater than $5
million, a written opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary of such transaction or series of transactions from a financial point
of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm, in each
case of national standing.
 
     The foregoing covenant will not restrict:
 
          (A) transactions among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
          (B) the Company from paying reasonable and customary regular
     compensation and fees to directors of the Company or any Restricted
     Subsidiary who are not employees of the Company or any Restricted
     Subsidiary;
 
          (C) transactions permitted by the provisions of "-- Certain
     Covenants -- Restricted Payments"; and
 
                                       72
<PAGE>   73
 
          (D) the performance of the Company's obligations under the Technical
     Assistance Agreement, as in effect at the Closing Date, in an annual amount
     not to exceed $1 million; provided that any amendments or modifications to
     the terms of the Technical Assistance Agreement are no less favorable to
     the Company than those that could have been obtained in an arm's length
     transaction with third parties who are not Interested Persons.
 
  Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries
 
     The Company (a) will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any
Capital Stock (other than to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary) and (b) will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Capital Stock of any
Restricted Subsidiary to any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that this covenant will not prohibit
(i) the sale or other disposition of all, but not less than all, of the issued
and outstanding Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary owned by the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries in compliance with the other provisions of the
Indenture or (ii) the ownership by directors of director's qualifying shares or
the ownership by foreign nationals of Capital Stock of any Restricted
Subsidiary, to the extent mandated by applicable law.
 
     The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any
Preferred Stock.
 
  Payments for Consent
 
     The Indenture will provide that neither the Company nor any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries will, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid
any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder
for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms
or provisions of the Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered
to be paid or is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in
the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent,
waiver or agreement.
 
  Issuances of Guarantees by New Restricted Subsidiaries
 
     The Company will provide to the Trustee, on the date that any Person
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, a supplemental indenture to the Indenture,
executed by such new Restricted Subsidiary, providing for a full and
unconditional guarantee on a senior basis by such new Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company's obligations under the Notes and the Indenture to the same extent
as that set forth in the Indenture, provided that in the case of any new
Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary through the
acquisition of a majority of its voting Capital Stock by the Company or any
other Restricted Subsidiary, such guarantee may be subordinated to the extent
required by the obligations of such new Restricted Subsidiary existing on the
date of such acquisition that were not incurred in contemplation of such
acquisition.
 
  Unrestricted Subsidiaries
 
     (a) The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary
(including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary so long as (i) neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary is
directly or indirectly liable for any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary, (ii) no
default with respect to any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary would permit (upon
notice, lapse of time or otherwise) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default on such other
Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to
its stated maturity, (iii) any Investment in such Subsidiary made as a result of
designating such Subsidiary an Unrestricted Subsidiary will not violate the
provisions of "-- Certain Covenants -- Restricted Payments," (iv) neither the
Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has a contract, agreement, arrangement,
understanding or obligation of any kind, whether written or oral, with such
Subsidiary other than those that might be obtained at the time from persons who
are not Affiliates of the Company, (v) neither the Company nor any Restricted
Subsidiary has
 
                                       73
<PAGE>   74
 
any obligation to subscribe for additional shares of Capital Stock or other
equity interest in such Subsidiary, or to maintain or preserve such Subsidiary's
financial condition or to cause such Subsidiary to achieve certain levels of
operating results, and (vi) such Unrestricted Subsidiary has at least one
director on its Board of Directors that is not a director or executive officer
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Company may not designate any of its Subsidiaries existing as of
the Closing Date or any successor to any of them as an Unrestricted Subsidiary
and may not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any properties or assets of
any such Subsidiary to an Unrestricted Subsidiary, other than in the ordinary
course of business.
 
     (b) The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted
Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing following such designation and (ii) the
Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than
Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the first paragraph of "-- Certain
Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock"
(treating any Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as the incurrence of
Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary).
 
  Reports
 
     The Company will file with the Commission all such annual reports,
quarterly reports and other documents that the Company would be required to file
if it were subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) under the Exchange Act. The Company
will also be required (a) to supply to the Trustee and each Holder, or supply to
the Trustee for forwarding to each such Holder, without cost to such Holder,
copies of such reports and other documents within 15 days after the date on
which the Company files such reports and documents with the Commission or the
date on which the Company would be required to file such reports and documents
if the Company were so required and (b) if filing such reports and documents
with the Commission is not accepted by the Commission or is prohibited under the
Exchange Act, to supply at the Company's cost copies of such reports and
documents to any prospective Holder promptly upon written request.
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
 
     The following will be "Events of Default" under the Indenture:
 
          (a) default in the payment of any interest on any Note when it becomes
     due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days;
 
          (b) default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any,
     on) any Note when due;
 
          (c) failure to perform or comply with the Indenture provisions
     described under "-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders -- Change of
     Control," "-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders -- Asset Sales,"
     "-- Certain Covenants -- Restricted Payments," or "-- Certain
     Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified
     Stock";
 
          (d) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or
     agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor contained in the
     Indenture or in any Subsidiary Guarantee (other than a default in the
     performance, or breach, of a covenant or agreement that is specifically
     dealt with elsewhere herein), and continuance of such default or breach for
     a period of 60 days after written notice has been given to the Company by
     the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least
     25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding;
 
          (e) (i) an event of default has occurred under any mortgage, bond,
     indenture, loan agreement or other document evidencing an issue of
     Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, which issue has
     an aggregate outstanding principal amount of not less than $5 million, and
     such default has resulted in such Indebtedness becoming, whether by
     declaration or otherwise, due and payable prior to the date on which it
     would otherwise become due and payable or (ii) a default in any payment
     when due at final maturity of any such Indebtedness;
 
                                       74
<PAGE>   75
 
          (f) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to
     pay one or more final judgments the uninsured portion of which exceeds in
     the aggregate $5 million, which judgment or judgments are not paid,
     discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;
 
          (g) any Subsidiary Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect or
     is declared null and void or any such Subsidiary Guarantor denies that it
     has any further liability under any Subsidiary Guarantee, or gives notice
     to such effect (other than by reason of the termination of the Indenture or
     the release of any such Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the
     Indenture); or
 
          (h) the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
     reorganization with respect to the Company or any Significant Subsidiary.
 
     If an Event of Default (other than as specified in clause (h) above) occurs
and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, and the Trustee at the
request of such Holders will, declare the principal of, and accrued interest on,
all of the outstanding Notes immediately due and payable and, upon any such
declaration, such principal and such interest will become due and payable
immediately.
 
     If an Event of Default specified in clause (h) above occurs and is
continuing, then the principal of and accrued interest on all of the outstanding
Notes will ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any
declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.
 
     At any time after a declaration of acceleration under the Indenture, but
before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by
the Trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind
such declaration and its consequences if: (i) the Company has paid or deposited
with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay (A) all overdue interest on all Notes,
(B) all unpaid principal of (and premium, if any, on) any outstanding Notes that
has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest
thereon at the rate borne by the Notes, (C) to the extent that payment of such
interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest and overdue principal at the
rate borne by the Notes, and (D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee under
the Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and (ii) all Events of Default,
other than the non-payment of amounts of principal of (or premium, if any, on)
or interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of
acceleration, have been cured or waived. No such rescission will affect any
subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.
 
     No Holder has any right to institute any proceeding with respect to the
Indenture or any remedy thereunder, unless the Holders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have made written request,
and offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such proceeding
within 60 days after receipt of such notice and the Trustee, within such 60-day
period, has not received directions inconsistent with such written request by
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes.
Such limitations do not apply, however, to a suit instituted by a Holder for the
enforcement of the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on
such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note.
 
     The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the outstanding Notes may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, waive
any past defaults under the Indenture, except a default in the payment of the
principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note, or in respect of a
covenant or provision that under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended
without the consent of the holder of each Note outstanding.
 
     If a Default or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and is known
to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to each Holder notice of the Default or
Event of Default within 90 days after the occurrence thereof. Except in the case
of a Default or an Event of Default in payment of principal of (and premium, if
any, on) or interest on any Notes, the Trustee may withhold the notice to the
 
                                       75
<PAGE>   76
 
Holders if a committee of its trust officers in good faith determines that
withholding such notice is in the interests of the Holders.
 
     The Company is required to furnish to the Trustee annual statements as to
the performance by the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors of their
obligations under the Indenture and as to any default in such performance. The
Company is also required to notify the Trustee within five days of any Default.
 
NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND STOCKHOLDERS
 
     No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or
stockholder of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall have any
liability for any obligations of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors under
the Notes, the Indenture or the Subsidiary Guarantees, as applicable, or any
claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their
creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of
the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the
federal securities laws and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver
is against public policy.
 
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
 
     The Company may, at its option and at any time, terminate the obligations
of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors with respect to the outstanding
Notes ("legal defeasance"). Such legal defeasance means that the Company will be
deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the
outstanding Notes, except for (i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to
receive payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and
interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (ii) the Company's
obligations to issue temporary Notes, register the transfer or exchange of any
Notes, replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, maintain an office or
agency for payments in respect of the Notes and segregate and hold such payments
in trust, (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee
and (iv) the legal defeasance provisions of the Indenture. In addition, the
Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to terminate the obligations
of the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to certain covenants
set forth in the Indenture and described under "-- Certain Covenants" above, and
any omission to comply with such obligations would not constitute a Default or
an Event of Default with respect to the Notes ("covenant defeasance").
 
     In order to exercise either legal defeasance or covenant defeasance: (a)
the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee,
as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated
solely to, the benefit of the Holders, money in an amount, or U.S. Government
Obligations (as defined in the Indenture) that through the scheduled payment of
principal and interest thereon will provide money in an amount, or a combination
thereof, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants, to pay and discharge the principal of (and
premium, if any, on) and interest on the outstanding Notes at maturity (or upon
redemption, if applicable) of such principal or installment of interest; (b) no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such
deposit or, insofar as an event of bankruptcy under clause (h) of "Events of
Default" above is concerned, at any time during the period ending on the 91st
day after the date of such deposit; (c) such legal defeasance or covenant
defeasance may not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
under, the Indenture or any material agreement or instrument to which the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which it is bound; (d) in
the case of legal defeasance, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an opinion
of counsel stating that the Company has received from, or there has been
published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or since the date hereof,
there has been a change in applicable federal income tax law, to the effect, and
based thereon such opinion must confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding
Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as
a result of such legal defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on
the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been
the case if such legal defeasance had not occurred;
 
                                       76
<PAGE>   77
 
(e) in the case of covenant defeasance, the Company must have delivered to the
Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that the Holders of the outstanding
Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as
a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax
on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been
the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred; and (f) the Company must
have delivered to the Trustee an officers' certificate and an opinion of
counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to either the legal
defeasance or the covenant defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied
with.
 
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE
 
     A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.
The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to
furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer document and the Company may
require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a
period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.
 
     The registered Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it for all
purposes.
 
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
 
     Modifications and amendments of the Indenture and any Subsidiary Guarantee
may be made by the Company, any affected Subsidiary Guarantor and the Trustee
with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate outstanding principal
amount of the Notes; provided, however, that no such modification or amendment
may, without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected
thereby:
 
          (a) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment
     of interest on, any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the
     rate of interest thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption
     thereof, or change the coin or currency in which any Note or any premium or
     the interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for
     the enforcement of any such payment after the Stated Maturity thereof (or,
     in the case of redemption, on or after the redemption date);
 
          (b) reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding Notes,
     the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with
     certain provisions of, or certain defaults and their consequences provided
     for under, the Indenture;
 
          (c) waive a default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if
     any, or interest on the Notes or reduce the percentage or aggregate
     principal amount of outstanding Notes the consent of whose Holders is
     necessary for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture
     or for waiver of certain defaults; or
 
          (d) release any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary
     from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or the Indenture
     other than in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
 
     The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
outstanding may waive compliance with certain restrictive covenants and
provisions of the Indenture.
 
     Without the consent of any Holders, the Company and the Trustee, at any
time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental
to the Indenture for any of the following purposes: (1) to evidence the
succession of another person to the Company and the assumption by any such
successor of the covenants of the Company in the Indenture and in the Notes; (2)
to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders, or to
surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; (3) to add
additional Events of Defaults; (4) to provide for uncertificated Notes in
addition to or in place of the certificated Notes; (5) to evidence and provide
for the
 
                                       77
<PAGE>   78
 
acceptance of appointment under the Indenture by a successor Trustee; (6) to
secure the Notes; (7) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any
provision in the Indenture that may be defective or inconsistent with any other
provision in the Indenture, or to make any other provisions with respect to
matters or questions arising under the Indenture, provided that such actions
pursuant to this clause do not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in
any material respect; or (8) to comply with any requirements of the Commission
in order to effect and maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the
Trust Indenture Act.
 
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
 
     State Street Bank and Trust Company, the Trustee under the Indenture, will
be the initial paying agent and registrar for the Notes.
 
     The Indenture provides that, except during the continuance of an Event of
Default, the Trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically set forth
in the Indenture. Under the Indenture, the Holders of a majority in outstanding
principal amount of the Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and
place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the
Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. If an Event of Default has occurred and
is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such rights and powers vested in it
under the Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as
a prudent person would exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of such
person's own affairs.
 
     The Indenture and provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended, incorporated by reference therein, contain limitations on the rights of
the Trustee thereunder, should it become a creditor of the Company, to obtain
payment of claims in certain cases or to realize on certain property received by
it in respect of any such claims, as security or otherwise. The Trustee is
permitted to engage in other transactions; provided, however, that, if it
acquires any conflicting interest (as defined), it must eliminate such conflict
upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or else resign.
 
BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM
 
     Except as set forth in the next paragraph, the Notes to be resold as set
forth herein will initially be issued in the form of one Global Note (the
"Global Note"). The Global Note will be deposited on the Closing Date with, or
on behalf of, The Depository Trust Company (the "Depositary") and registered in
the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of the Depositary (such nominee being
referred to herein as the "Global Note Holder").
 
     The Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S will initially be
represented by a single, permanent Global Note in definitive, fully registered
book-entry form (the "Offshore Global Note"), which will be registered in the
name of the Global Note Holder and deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the
Notes represented thereby with a custodian for the Global Note Holder for credit
to the respective accounts of the purchasers (or to such other accounts as they
may direct) at the Euroclear System ("Euroclear") or Cedel Bank, societe anonyme
("Cedel Bank"). Prior to the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the
Offering and the Closing Date, interests in the Offshore Global Note may only be
held through Euroclear or Cedel Bank.
 
     The Notes offered and sold to "qualified institutional buyers" ("QIBs") in
reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act will be represented by a single,
permanent Global Note in definitive, fully registered book-entry form (the "U.S.
Global Note" and, together with the Offshore Global Note, the "Global Notes"),
which will be registered in the name of the Global Note Holder and deposited on
behalf of purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with a custodian for the
Global Note Holder for credit to the respective accounts of the purchasers (or
to such other accounts as they may direct) at the Global Note Holder.
 
     The Notes that were (i) originally issued to or transferred to
institutional "accredited investors" (as such terms are defined under "Notice to
Investors" elsewhere herein) who are not QIBs (the "Non-Global Purchasers") or
(ii) issued as described below under "-- Certificated Notes" will be issued in
registered, definitive, certificated form (the "Certificated Notes"). Upon the
transfer to a
 
                                       78
<PAGE>   79
 
QIB or in an offshore transaction under Rule 903 or Rule 904 under Regulation S
of Certificated Notes initially issued to a Non-Global Purchaser, such
Certificated Notes may, unless the Global Notes have previously been exchanged
in whole for Certificated Notes, be exchanged for an interest in a Global Note
representing the principal amount of the Notes being transferred upon delivery
of appropriate certificates to the Trustee. For a description of certain
restrictions on the transferability of the Notes, see "Notice to Investors."
 
     The Depositary is a limited-purpose trust company that was created to hold
securities for its participating organizations (collectively, the "Participants"
or the "Depositary's Participants") and to facilitate the clearance and
settlement of transactions in such securities between Participants through
electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The Depositary's
Participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the Initial
Purchaser), banks and trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other
organizations. Access to the Depositary's system is also available to other
entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies (collectively, the
"Indirect Participants" or the "Depositary's Indirect Participants") that clear
through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly
or indirectly. Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own securities
held by or on behalf of the Depositary only through the Depositary's
Participants or the Depositary's Indirect Participants.
 
     Investors may hold their interests in the Offshore Global Note directly
through Cedel or Euroclear, if they are participants in such systems, or
indirectly through organizations which are participants in such systems.
Beginning 40 days after the later of the commencement of the Offering and the
Closing Date (but not earlier), investors may also hold such interests through
organizations other than Cedel or Euroclear that are Participants in the DTC
system. Cedel and Euroclear will hold such interests in the Offshore Global Note
on behalf of their participants through customers' securities accounts in their
respective names on the books of their respective depositaries, which in turn
will hold such interests in the Offshore Global Note in customers' securities
accounts in the depositaries' names on the books of DTC.
 
     So long as the Global Note Holder is the registered owner of any Notes, the
Global Note Holder will be considered the sole Holder under the Indenture of any
Notes evidenced by the Global Note. Beneficial owners of Notes evidenced by the
Global Note will not be considered the owners or Holders thereof under the
Indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any
directions, instructions or approvals to the Trustee thereunder. Neither the
Company nor the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect
of the records of the Depositary or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing
any records of the Depositary relating to the Notes.
 
     Payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
any Notes registered in the name of the Global Note Holder on the applicable
record date will be payable by the Trustee to or at the direction of the Global
Note Holder in its capacity as the registered Holder under the Indenture. Under
the terms of the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may treat the persons in
whose names Notes, including the Global Note, are registered as the owners
thereof for the purpose of receiving such payments. Consequently, neither the
Company nor the Trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for the
payment of such amounts to beneficial owners of Notes. The Company believes,
however, that it is currently the policy of the Depositary to immediately credit
the accounts of the relevant Participants with such payments, in amounts
proportionate to their respective holdings of beneficial interests in the
relevant security as shown on the records of the Depositary. Payments by the
Depositary's Participants and the Depositary's Indirect Participants to the
beneficial owners of Notes will be governed by standing instructions and
customary practice and will be the responsibility of the Depositary's
Participants or the Depositary's Indirect Participants.
 
     Transfers between Participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with
DTC rules and will be settled in immediately available funds. If a holder
requires physical delivery of a certificated Note for any reason, including to
sell Notes to persons in states which require physical delivery of such
securities or to pledge such securities, such holder must transfer its interest
in the Global Notes in
 
                                       79
<PAGE>   80
 
accordance with the normal procedures of DTC and in accordance with the
procedures set forth in the Indenture.
 
     Before the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the Offering and
the Issue Date, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Offshore
Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the U.S.
Global Note will be made only in accordance with the applicable procedures and
upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor of
the beneficial interest in the form provided in the Indenture to the effect that
such transfer is being made to a person whom the transferor reasonably believes
is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, in a transaction meeting the
requirements of Rule 144A or an institutional "accredited investor."
 
     Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Note to a
transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Offshore Global Note,
whether before, on or after the 40th day after the later of the commencement of
the Offering and the Issue Date, will be made only upon receipt by the Trustee
of a certification to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance
with Regulation S. Transfers of Physical Notes held by institutional "accredited
investors" to persons who will hold through the U.S. Global Note or the Offshore
Global Note will be subject to certifications provided by the Trustee.
 
  Certificated Notes
 
     Transferees of Notes who are not QIBs may hold Notes only in the form of
Certificated Notes. All such Certificated Notes would be subject to the legend
requirements described herein under "Notice to Investors." In addition, if (i)
the Company notifies the Trustee in writing that the Depositary is no longer
willing or able to act as a depositary and the Company is unable to locate a
qualified successor within 90 days or (ii) the Company, at its option, notifies
the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Notes in the form
of Certificated Securities under the Indenture then, upon surrender by the
Global Note Holder of its Global Note, Certificated Notes will be issued to each
person that the Global Note Holder and the Depositary identify as being the
beneficial owner of the related Notes.
 
     Neither the Company nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by the
Global Note Holder or the Depositary in identifying the beneficial owners of
Notes and the Company and the Trustee may conclusively rely on, and will be
protected in relying on, instructions from the Global Note Holder or the
Depositary for all purposes.
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     Anyone who receives this Prospectus may obtain a copy of the Indenture
and/or Registration Rights Agreement without charge by writing to AmeriSteel
Corporation, 5100 W. Lemon Street, Suite 312, Tampa, Florida 33609, Attention:
Tom J. Landa.
 
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
     "Acquired Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of a person (a) existing at the
time such person is merged with or into the Company or becomes a Subsidiary or
(b) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such person.
 
     "Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified person, (a) any other
person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or
indirect common control with such specified person or (b) any other person that
owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of such specified person's Capital
Stock or any executive officer or director of any such specified person or other
person or, with respect to any natural person, any person having a relationship
with such person by blood, marriage or adoption not more remote than first
cousin. For the purposes of this definition, "control," when used with respect
to any specified person, means the power to direct the management and policies
of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and
"controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
 
                                       80
<PAGE>   81
 
     "Asset Sale" means the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any
assets (including, without limitation, by way of merger, consolidation or
similar arrangement) (collectively, a "transfer") by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary other than in the ordinary course of business, whether in
a single transaction or a series of related transactions. For the purposes of
this definition, the term "Asset Sale" does not include any transfer of
properties or assets (i) that is governed by the provisions of the Indenture
described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Consolidation, Merger and Sale of
Assets," (ii) between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
pursuant to transactions that do not violate any other provision of the
Indenture, (iii) representing obsolete or permanently retired equipment and
facilities, (iv) to an Unrestricted Subsidiary, if permitted under "-- Certain
Covenants -- Restricted Payments," (v) that are being held for sale, as
reflected in the Company's financial statements as of December 31, 1997 or (vi)
the gross proceeds of which (exclusive of indemnities) do not exceed $1 million
for any particular item or $3 million in the aggregate for any fiscal year.
 
     "Atlas Disposition" means the sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Atlas Steel and Wire division of the
Company.
 
     "Bank Credit Agreement" means a bank credit facility between the Company
and one or more bank lenders, including any related notes, guarantees,
collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection
therewith, which term shall include the Revolving Credit Agreement, as any such
facility may be amended, modified, increased, renewed, refunded, replaced,
restated or refinanced from time to time.
 
     "Banks" means the banks and other financial institutions that from time to
time are lenders under the Bank Credit Agreement.
 
     "Borrowing Base" means, as of any date, an amount equal to the sum of (a)
80% of the face amount of all accounts receivable owned by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date that are not more than 90 days past due,
and (b) 60% of the book value of all inventory owned by the Company and its
Subsidiaries as of such date, all calculated on a consolidated basis and in
accordance with GAAP.
 
     "Business Day" means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday
which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are authorized or
obligated by law or executive order to close.
 
     "Capital Stock" of any person means any and all shares, interests,
partnership interests, participations, rights in or other equivalents (however
designated) of such person's equity interest (however designated), whether now
outstanding or issued after the Closing Date.
 
     "Capitalized Lease Obligation" means, with respect to any person, an
obligation incurred or assumed under or in connection with any capital lease of
real or personal property that, in accordance with GAAP, has been recorded as a
capitalized lease.
 
     "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following events:
 
          (a) any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d)
     and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than Kyoei Steel Ltd. and its
     Affiliates is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3
     under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the
     voting power of all classes of Voting Stock of the Company;
 
          (b) the Company, either individually or in conjunction with one or
     more Subsidiaries, sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise
     disposes of, or the Subsidiaries sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or
     otherwise dispose of, all or substantially all of the properties of the
     Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (either in one transaction
     or a series of related transactions), including Capital Stock of the
     Subsidiaries, to any person (other than the Company or a Restricted
     Subsidiary);
 
                                       81
<PAGE>   82
 
          (c) during any consecutive two-year period, individuals who at the
     beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company
     (together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors
     or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was
     approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who
     were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or
     nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to
     constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then in
     office; or
 
          (d) the Company is liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of
     liquidation or dissolution, other than in a transaction that complies with
     "-- Certain Covenants -- Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets."
 
     "Closing Date" means the date on which the Notes are originally issued
under the Indenture.
 
     "Common Stock" means the Company's shares of Class A Common Stock, par
value $.01 per share, and the Company's shares of Class B Common Stock, par
value $.01 per share.
 
     "Consolidated Adjusted Net Income" means, for any period, the net income
(or net loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, adjusted to the
extent included in calculating such net income or loss by excluding (a) any net
after-tax extraordinary gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating
thereto), (b) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses
relating thereto) attributable to Asset Sales, (c) the portion of net income (or
loss) of any person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary),
including Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in which the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary has an ownership interest, except to the extent of the amount of
dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in cash during such period, (d) the net income (or loss) of any
person combined with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary on a "pooling of
interests" basis attributable to any period prior to the date of combination,
and (e) the net income (but not the net loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary to
the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions
by such Restricted Subsidiary is at the date of determination restricted,
directly or indirectly, except to the extent that such net income is actually
paid to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof by loans, advances,
intercompany transfers, principal repayments or otherwise; provided that, if any
Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, Consolidated
Adjusted Net Income will be reduced (to the extent not otherwise reduced in
accordance with GAAP) by an amount equal to (A) the amount of the Consolidated
Adjusted Net Income otherwise attributable to such Restricted Subsidiary
multiplied by (B) the quotient of (1) the number of shares of outstanding common
stock of such Restricted Subsidiary not owned on the last day of such period by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries divided by (2) the total
number of shares of outstanding common stock of such Restricted Subsidiary on
the last day of such period.
 
     "Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any period, the sum of, without
duplication, Consolidated Adjusted Net Income for such period, plus (or, in the
case of clause (d) below, plus or minus) the following items to the extent
included in computing Consolidated Adjusted Net Income for such period (a) Fixed
Charges for such period, plus (b) the provision for federal, state, local and
foreign income taxes of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period, plus (c) the aggregate depreciation and amortization expense of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, plus (d) any other
non-cash charges for such period, and minus non-cash credits for such period,
other than non-cash charges or credits resulting from changes in prepaid assets
or accrued liabilities in the ordinary course of business; provided that fixed
charges, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense and non-cash
charges and credits of a Restricted Subsidiary will be included in Consolidated
EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income of
such Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Adjusted Net Income for
such period.
 
                                       82
<PAGE>   83
 
     "Consolidated Net Worth" means, at any date of determination, stockholders'
equity of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as set forth on the most
recently available quarterly or annual consolidated balance sheet of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries, less any amounts attributable to Disqualified
Stock or any equity security convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness,
the cost of treasury stock and the principal amount of any promissory notes
receivable from the sale of the Capital Stock of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries and less to the extent included in calculating such
stockholders' equity of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the
stockholders' equity attributable to Unrestricted Subsidiaries, each item to be
determined in conformity with GAAP (excluding the effects of foreign currency
adjustments under Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 52).
 
     "Consolidated Tangible Assets" means, at any date of determination, the
total assets, less goodwill and other intangibles (other than patents,
trademarks, copyrights, licenses and other intellectual property), shown on the
balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the most
recent date for which such a balance sheet is available, determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP less all write-ups (other than
write-ups in connection with acquisitions) subsequent to the date of the
Indenture in the book value of any asset (except any such intangible assets)
owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. At December 31,
1997, on a pro forma basis giving effect to the Refinancing, the Consolidated
Tangible Assets of the Company were approximately $453 million.
 
     "Default" means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or
both would be, an Event of Default.
 
     "Disinterested Director" means, with respect to any transaction or series
of transactions in respect of which the Board of Directors is required to
deliver a resolution of the Board of Directors, to make a finding or otherwise
take action under the Indenture, a member of the Board of Directors who does not
have any material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to
such transaction or series of transactions.
 
     "Disqualified Stock" means any class or series of Capital Stock that,
either by its terms, by the terms of any security into which it is convertible
or exchangeable or by contract or otherwise (i) is or upon the happening of an
event or passage of time would be, required to be redeemed prior to the final
Stated Maturity of the Notes, (ii) is redeemable at the option of the Holder
thereof, at any time prior to such final Stated Maturity or (iii) at the option
of the Holder thereof is convertible into or exchangeable for debt securities at
any time prior to such final Stated Maturity; provided that any Capital Stock
that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions therein giving
Holders thereof the right to cause the issuer thereof to repurchase or redeem
such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an "asset sale" or "change of control"
occurring prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes will not constitute
Disqualified Stock if the "asset sale" or "change of control" provisions
applicable to such Capital Stock are no more favorable to the Holders of such
Capital Stock than the provisions described under "-- Repurchase at the Option
of Holders -- Change of Control" and "-- Asset Sales" described herein and such
Capital Stock specifically provides that the issuer will not repurchase or
redeem any such stock pursuant to such provision prior to the Company's
repurchase of such Notes as are required to be repurchased pursuant to the
provisions described under "-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders -- Change of
Control" and "-- Asset Sales."
 
     "Equity Investment" means the March 26, 1998 sale of 454,545 shares of the
Company's Class B Common Stock to an institutional investor for $10.0 million.
 
     "Equity Ownership Plan" means the Company's Equity Ownership Plan,
effective as of April 1, 1995, as in effect on the Closing Date.
 
     "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
                                       83
<PAGE>   84
 
     "Existing Indebtedness" means the Indebtedness of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Bank Credit
Agreement) in existence on the date of the Indenture, until such amounts are
repaid, including but not limited to the Industrial Revenue Bonds.
 
     "First Mortgage Notes" means the Company's 11 1/2% First Mortgage Notes due
December 15, 2000.
 
     "Fixed Assets" means, at any date of determination, property, plant and
equipment, including the property, plant and equipment portion of assets held
for sale (as reflected in the Company's financial statements as of the most
recent date for which such statements are available).
 
     "Fixed Charges" means, for any period, without duplication, the sum of (a)
the amount that, in conformity with GAAP, would be set forth opposite the
caption "interest expense" (or any like caption) on a consolidated statement of
operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period,
including, without limitation, (i) amortization of debt discount, (ii) the net
cost of interest rate contracts (including amortization of discounts), (iii) the
interest portion of any deferred payment obligation, (iv) amortization of debt
issuance costs and (v) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations,
(b) cash dividends paid on Preferred Stock and Disqualified Stock by the Company
and any Restricted Subsidiary (to any person other than the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries), computed on a tax effected basis, and (c) all interest
on any Indebtedness of any person guaranteed by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries or unsecured by a lien on the assets of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that Fixed Charges will
not include (i) any gain or loss from extinguishment of debt, including the
write-off of debt issuance costs, and (ii) the fixed charges of a Restricted
Subsidiary to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income of
such Subsidiary was excluded in calculating Consolidated Adjusted Net Income
pursuant to clause (e) of the definition thereof for such period.
 
     "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means, for any period, the ratio of
Consolidated EBITDA for such period to Fixed Charges for such period.
 
     "FLS" means FLS Holdings Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Kyoei Steel
Ltd.
 
     "Generally Accepted Accounting Principles" or "GAAP" means generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied, that
are in effect on the Closing Date.
 
     "Guarantee" means a guarantee of the Notes on a senior basis.
 
     "Guarantors" means, collectively, all Restricted Subsidiaries; provided
that any Person that becomes an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the
"Restricted Payments" covenant shall not be included in "Guarantors" after
becoming an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
     "Hedging Obligations" means the obligations of any person under (i)
interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate
collar agreements and (ii) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect
such person against fluctuations in interest rates or the value of foreign
currencies.
 
     "Holder" means the person in whose name a Note is, at the time of
determination, registered on the Registrar's books.
 
     "Indebtedness" means (without duplication), with respect to any person,
whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such person and whether
or not contingent, (a) every obligation of such person for money borrowed, (b)
every obligation of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other
similar instruments, (c) every reimbursement obligation of such person with
respect to letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or similar facilities issued
for the account of such person, (d) every obligation of such person issued or
assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services, (e) the
attributable value of every Capitalized Lease Obligation of such person, (f) all
Disqualified Stock of such person valued at its maximum fixed repurchase price,
plus accrued and unpaid dividends, (g) all obligations of such person under or
in respect of Hedging Obligations, and (h) every obligation of the type referred
to in clauses (a) through (g) of another person and all dividends of another
person the payment of which, in either case, such person has guaranteed. For
purposes of this definition, the "maximum fixed repurchase price" of any
Disqualified Stock that does
 
                                       84
<PAGE>   85
 
not have a fixed repurchase price will be calculated in accordance with the
terms of such Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock were purchased on
any date on which Indebtedness is required to be determined pursuant to the
Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market
value of such Disqualified Stock, such fair market value will be determined in
good faith by the board of directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Stock.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, trade accounts payable and accrued liabilities
arising in the ordinary course of business and any liability for federal, state
or local taxes or other taxes owed by such person will not be considered
Indebtedness for purposes of this definition.
 
     "Industrial Revenue Bonds" means the Company's industrial revenue bonds
issued to construct certain of the Company's facilities outstanding as of the
Closing Date.
 
     "Investment" in any person means, (i) directly or indirectly, any advance,
loan or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, by way of
guarantee or similar arrangement) or capital contribution to such person, the
purchase or other acquisition of any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other
securities issued by such person, the acquisition (by purchase or otherwise) of
all or substantially all of the business or assets of such person, or the making
of any investment in such person, (ii) the designation of any Restricted
Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (iii) the fair market value of the
Capital Stock (or any other Investment), held by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, of (or in) any person that has ceased to be a
Restricted Subsidiary. Investments exclude extensions of trade credit on
commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices.
 
     "Kyoei Steel Ltd." means Kyoei Steel Ltd. and its successors.
 
     "Lien" means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien (statutory or otherwise),
privilege, security interest, hypothecation, assignment for security, claim, or
preference or priority or other encumbrance upon, or with respect to, any
property of any kind, real or personal, movable or immovable, now owned or
hereafter acquired. A person will be deemed to own subject to a Lien any
property that such person has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a
vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other
title retention agreement.
 
     "Net Cash Proceeds" means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds
thereof in the form of cash or cash equivalents, including payments in respect
of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of, or stock or other
assets when disposed for, cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent that
such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary), net of (a) brokerage commissions and other fees and
expenses (including fees and expenses of legal counsel and investment banks)
related to such Asset Sale, (b) provisions for all taxes payable as a result of
such Asset Sale, (c) payments made to retire Indebtedness where such
Indebtedness is secured by the assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale,
(d) amounts required to be paid to any person (other than the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets that are
subject to the Asset Sale, and (e) appropriate amounts to be provided by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve required
in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale
and retained by the seller after such Asset Sale, including pension and other
post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental
matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with
such Asset Sale.
 
          "Permitted Investments" means any of the following:
 
          (a) Investments in (i) securities with a maturity of one year or less
     issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or
     any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and
     credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof); (ii)
     certificates of deposit or acceptances with a maturity of one year or less
     of any financial institution that is a member of the Federal Reserve System
     having combined capital and surplus of not less than $200,000,000; (iii)
     any shares of money market mutual or similar funds having assets in excess
     of $200,000,000; and (iv) commercial paper with a maturity of one year or
     less issued by a corporation that is not an Affiliate of the Company and is
     organized under the laws of
 
                                       85
<PAGE>   86
 
     any state of the United States or the District of Columbia and having a
     rating (A) from Moody's Investors Service, Inc. of at least P-1 or (B) from
     Standard & Poor's Ratings Group of at least A-1;
 
          (b) Investments by the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted
     Subsidiary in another person, if as a result of such Investment (i) such
     other person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor
     or (ii) such other person is merged or consolidated with or into, or
     transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, the Company
     or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor;
 
          (c) Investments by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the
     Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor;
 
          (d) Investments in existence on the Closing Date;
 
          (e) promissory notes received as a result of Asset Sales permitted
     under the covenant;
 
          (f) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of the
     Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries made in the ordinary course
     of business after the date of the initial issuance of the Notes in an
     amount not to exceed $1 million in the aggregate at any one time
     outstanding; and
 
          (g) other Investments that do not exceed $5 million in the aggregate
     at any one time outstanding.
 
     "Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net
proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or
refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
provided that: (i) the principal amount of such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness so
extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded plus the lesser of
the amount of any premium required to be paid in connection with such
refinancings pursuant to the terms of such indebtedness or the amount of any
premium reasonably determined by the Company as necessary to accomplish such
refinancing (plus the amount of reasonable expenses incurred in connection
therewith); (ii) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted Average
Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity
of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded; (iii) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed,
replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes,
such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the
final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on
terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the
documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed,
replaced, defeased or refunded; and (iv) such Indebtedness is incurred either by
the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is the obligor
on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded; and provided further that "Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness" shall
not be permitted with respect to Existing Indebtedness comprising (x) the First
Mortgage Notes, (y) the Subordinated Intercompany Note (other than as described
in clause (f) of the second paragraph of "-- Certain Covenants -- Restricted
Payments") or (z) clause (ix) of the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness."
 
     "Preferred Stock" means, with respect to any person, any and all shares,
interests, partnership interests, participation, rights in or other equivalents
(however designated) of such person's preferred or preference stock, whether now
outstanding or issued after the Closing Date, and including, without limitation,
all classes and series of preferred or preference stock of such person.
 
     "Public Equity Offering" means an offer and sale of common stock (which is
Qualified Stock) of the Company pursuant to a registration statement that has
been declared effective by the Commission
 
                                       86
<PAGE>   87
 
pursuant to the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8
or otherwise relating to equity securities issuable under any employee benefit
plan of the Company).
 
     "Qualified Equity Interest" means any Qualified Stock and all warrants,
options or other rights to acquire Qualified Stock (but excluding any debt
security that is convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock).
 
     "Qualified Stock" of any person means any and all Capital Stock of such
person, other than Disqualified Stock.
 
     "Refinancing" means (i) the Offering, (ii) the Equity Investment, (iii) the
redemption of the First Mortgage Notes and (iv) the repayment of $30 million of
the Subordinated Intercompany Note.
 
     "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted
Subsidiary.
 
     "Revolving Credit Agreement" means the $140,000,000 Credit Agreement dated
as of June 9, 1995 among the Company, certain financial institutions, The Bank
of Tokyo, Ltd. and NationsBank of Florida, N.A., as Issuing Banks and
Co-Administrative Agents, and The Bank of Tokyo, Ltd., as agent, as amended.
 
     "Sale and Leaseback Transaction" means any transaction or series of related
transactions pursuant to which a person sells or transfers any property or asset
in connection with the leasing, or the resale against installment payments, of
such property or asset to the seller or transferor.
 
     "Shares in Success Plan" means the Company's stock purchase/stock option
Shares in Success Plan, dated as of July 1, 1995, as in effect on the Closing
Date.
 
     "Short-Term Incentive Plan" means the Company's 1995 Short-Term Incentive
Plan pursuant to which 48,836 shares of Class B Common Stock were issued.
 
     "Significant Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
that, together with its Subsidiaries, (a) for the most recent fiscal year of the
Company, accounted for more than 10% of the consolidated net sales of the
Company and its Subsidiaries, (b) as of the end of such fiscal year, was the
owner of more than 10% of the consolidated assets of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, in the case of either (a) or (b), as set forth on the
most recently available consolidated financial statements of the Company for
such fiscal year or (c) was organized or acquired after the beginning of such
fiscal year and would have been a Significant Subsidiary if it had been owned
during such entire fiscal year.
 
     "Special Dividend" means the $6.1 million dividend paid by the Company in
December 1997.
 
     "Stated Maturity" means, when used with respect to any Note or any
installment of interest thereon, the date specified in such Note as the fixed
date on which the principal of such Note or such installment of interest is due
and payable and, when used with respect to any other Indebtedness, means the
date specified in the instrument governing such Indebtedness as the fixed date
on which the principal of such Indebtedness or any installment of interest
thereon is due and payable.
 
     "Subordinated Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company or a
Subsidiary Guarantor that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or
the Subsidiary Guarantees issued by such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may
be; provided, however, that, for purposes of the "Restricted Payments" covenant,
"Subordinated Indebtedness" shall not include the Subordinated Intercompany
Note.
 
     "Subordinated Intercompany Note" means the $50 million subordinated note of
the Company to FLS due December 31, 2002.
 
     "Subsidiary" means any person a majority of the equity ownership or Voting
Stock of which is at the time owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company
and/or one or more other Subsidiaries of the Company.
 
     "Technical Assistance Agreement" means the technical assistance agreement
by and between the Company and Kyoei Steel Ltd. which became effective on April
1, 1997 and expires on March 31, 1999.
 
                                       87
<PAGE>   88
 
     "Trade Loan Agreements" means any obligation for Indebtedness owed to U.S.
affiliates or agents of Japanese trading houses.
 
     "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (a) any Subsidiary that is designated by
the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in
accordance with the "Unrestricted Subsidiaries" covenant and (b) any Subsidiary
of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
     "Voting Stock" means any class or classes of Capital Stock pursuant to
which the Holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary
circumstances to elect at least a majority of the board of directors, managers
or trustees of any person (irrespective of whether or not, at the time, stock of
any other class or classes has, or might have, voting power by reason of the
happening of any contingency).
 
     "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, as of the date of determination
with respect to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, the quotient obtained by
dividing (a) the sum of the products of (i) the number of years from the date of
determination to the date or dates of each successive scheduled principal or
liquidation value payment of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock,
respectively, multiplied by (ii) the amount of each such principal or
liquidation value payment by (b) the sum of all such principal or liquidation
value payments.
 
     "Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary, all
of the outstanding voting securities (other than directors' qualifying shares or
shares of foreign Restricted Subsidiaries required to be owned by foreign
nationals pursuant to applicable law) of which are owned, directly or
indirectly, by the Company.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The validity of the Notes offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Trenam, Kemker, Scharf, Barkin, Frye, O'Neill & Mullis, Professional
Association, Tampa, Florida.
 
                    INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
     The AmeriSteel Corporation & Subsidiary Consolidated Financial Statements
and Notes thereto as of March 31, 1997 and 1998 and for each of the three years
in the period ended March 31, 1998 included in this Prospectus have been audited
by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent certified public accountants, as indicated
in their report with respect thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon
the authority of said firm experts in giving said reports.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and the rules and
regulations thereunder, and in accordance therewith files periodic reports,
proxy and other information statements with the Commission. This Prospectus does
not contain all of the information set forth in such documents filed with the
Commission. All reports, proxy information statements and other information
filed by the Company with the Commission may be inspected and copied at the
public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street NW,
Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the regional offices of the Commission located at
7 World Trade Center, 7th Floor, New York, New York 10048 and Citicorp Center,
500 Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such
materials may be obtained from the Commission's World Wide Web site at
http://www.sec.gov and from the Public Reference Section of the Commission, 450
Fifth Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates.
 
                                       88
<PAGE>   89
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants..........   F-2
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of March
  31, 1998 and 1997.........................................   F-3
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended March
  31, 1998, 1997 and 1996...................................   F-4
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the
  Years Ended March 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.................   F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
  March 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.............................   F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................   F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                       F-1
<PAGE>   90
 
               REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To AmeriSteel Corporation:
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial
position of AmeriSteel Corporation (a Florida corporation) and subsidiary as of
March 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related consolidated statements of income,
shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended March 31, 1998. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of AmeriSteel Corporation and
subsidiary as of March 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of their operations
and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31,
1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Tampa, Florida,
April 24, 1998 (except with
  respect to the matters discussed
  in Note L, as to which the
  date is July 14, 1998)
 
                                       F-2
<PAGE>   91
 
                      AMERISTEEL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARY
 
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   MARCH 31,
                                                              -------------------
                                                                1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------
                                                               ($ IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
                                     ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $  1,258   $  1,645
  Accounts receivable, less allowance of $1,000 at March 31,
    1998 and March 31, 1997 for estimated losses............    73,330     68,563
  Inventories...............................................   130,413    106,173
  Deferred tax assets.......................................     5,200      5,000
  Other current assets......................................       409      1,138
                                                              --------   --------
         TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS...............................   210,610    182,519
ASSETS HELD FOR SALE........................................    13,689     14,838
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
  Land and improvements.....................................    15,517     14,942
  Building and improvements.................................    35,892     35,116
  Machinery and equipment...................................   261,265    250,299
  Construction in progress..................................    14,918      7,802
                                                              --------   --------
                                                               327,592    308,159
  Less allowances for depreciation..........................   (76,420)   (58,138)
                                                              --------   --------
NET PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT...........................   251,172    250,021
GOODWILL....................................................    81,643     85,773
DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS....................................     5,009      2,523
OTHER ASSETS................................................         7         11
                                                              --------   --------
         TOTAL ASSETS.......................................  $562,130   $535,685
                                                              ========   ========
                      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Trade accounts payable....................................  $ 49,518   $ 44,666
  Salaries, wages and employee benefits.....................    16,469     14,598
  Current environmental remediation liabilities.............     4,863      5,079
  Other current liabilities.................................     5,126      4,355
  Interest payable..........................................     4,835      4,659
  Current maturities of long-term borrowings (including note
    payable to Parent of $367 and $435 at March 31, 1998 and
    1997, respectively).....................................     7,106        435
                                                              --------   --------
         TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES..........................    87,917     73,792
LONG-TERM BORROWINGS, LESS CURRENT PORTION..................   214,465    237,474
OTHER LIABILITIES...........................................    23,433     21,555
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES.......................................    50,600     52,300
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
  Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value, 100,000,000 and 0
    shares authorized at March 31, 1998 and 1997,
    respectively. No shares issued and outstanding at March
    31, 1998 and 1997.......................................        --         --
  Class B Common Stock, $.01 par value, 22,000,000 and
    30,000,000 shares authorized at March 31, 1998 and 1997,
    respectively 10,568,555 and 10,079,028 shares issued and
    outstanding at March 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively....       106        101
  Capital in excess of par..................................   167,283    156,816
  Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)...................    19,886     (4,328)
  Deferred compensation.....................................    (1,560)    (2,025)
                                                              --------   --------
         TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY.........................   185,715    150,564
         TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY.........  $562,130   $535,685
                                                              ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
                 See notes to consolidated financial statements
 
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   92
 
                      AMERISTEEL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARY
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                              ---------------------------------
                                                                1998        1997        1996
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                               ($ IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT EARNINGS
                                                                       PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>         <C>
NET SALES...................................................  $664,566    $617,289    $628,404
Operating Expenses:
  Cost of sales.............................................   540,422     531,190     533,965
  Selling and administrative................................    27,811      29,068      29,605
  Depreciation..............................................    19,494      16,654      14,619
  Amortization of goodwill..................................     4,130       4,130       4,130
  Other operating expenses..................................        --          --      16,013
                                                              --------    --------    --------
                                                               591,857     581,042     598,332
                                                              --------    --------    --------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS......................................    72,709      36,247      30,072
Other Expenses:
  Interest..................................................    19,775      19,473      22,000
  Amortization of deferred financing costs..................       652         934       1,956
                                                              --------    --------    --------
                                                                20,427      20,407      23,956
                                                              --------    --------    --------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES..................................    52,282      15,840       6,116
Income taxes................................................    22,000       7,788       3,996
                                                              --------    --------    --------
NET INCOME..................................................  $ 30,282    $  8,052    $  2,120
                                                              ========    ========    ========
EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE -- BASIC (NOTE B).................  $   3.00    $   0.80    $   0.21
                                                              ========    ========    ========
DILUTED (NOTE B)............................................  $   2.98    $   0.80    $   0.21
                                                              ========    ========    ========
  Weighted average number of common shares outstanding......    10,103      10,087      10,062
  Weighted average number of common and common equivalent
     shares.................................................    10,174      10,087      10,062
</TABLE>
 
                 See notes to consolidated financial statements
 
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   93
 
                      AMERISTEEL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARY
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              RETAINED
                             COMMON STOCK        CAPITAL      EARNINGS
                          -------------------   IN EXCESS   (ACCUMULATED     DEFERRED
                            SHARES     AMOUNT    OF PAR       DEFICIT)     COMPENSATION    TOTAL
                          ----------   ------   ---------   ------------   ------------   --------
                                             ($ IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S>                       <C>          <C>      <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>
BALANCES AT MARCH 31,
  1995..................  10,000,000    $100    $155,900      $(14,500)      $(3,750)     $137,750
  Common stock
     issuance...........      95,741       1       1,126            --          (150)          977
  Net income............          --      --          --         2,120            --         2,120
  Reduction in deferred
     compensation.......          --      --          --            --           900           900
                          ----------    ----    --------      --------       -------      --------
BALANCES AT MARCH 31,
  1996..................  10,095,741    $101    $157,026      $(12,380)      $(3,000)     $141,747
  Common stock
     issuance...........         100      --           1            --            --             1
  Repurchase of common
     stock..............     (16,813)     --        (211)           --            --          (211)
  Net income............          --      --          --         8,052            --         8,052
  Reduction in deferred
     compensation.......          --      --          --            --           975           975
                          ----------    ----    --------      --------       -------      --------
BALANCES AT MARCH 31,
  1997..................  10,079,028    $101    $156,816      $ (4,328)      $(2,025)     $150,564
  Common stock
     issuance...........     495,005       5      10,541            --          (540)       10,006
  Repurchase of common
     stock..............      (5,478)     --         (74)           --            --           (74)
  Net income............          --      --          --        30,282            --        30,282
  Dividends paid........          --      --          --        (6,068)           --        (6,068)
  Reduction in deferred
     compensation.......          --      --          --            --         1,005         1,005
                          ----------    ----    --------      --------       -------      --------
BALANCES AT MARCH 31,
  1998..................  10,568,555    $106    $167,283      $ 19,886       $(1,560)     $185,715
                          ==========    ====    ========      ========       =======      ========
</TABLE>
 
                 See notes to consolidated financial statements
 
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   94
 
                      AMERISTEEL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARY
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                                1998       1997       1996
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                     ($ IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income..................................................  $ 30,282   $  8,052   $  2,120
Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
  operating activities:
  Depreciation..............................................    19,494     16,654     14,619
  Amortization..............................................     4,782      5,064      6,086
  Deferred income taxes.....................................    (1,900)      (200)    (1,200)
  Loss on disposition of property, plant and equipment......     2,524        317     14,312
  Gain on disposition of assets held for sale...............    (1,756)        --         --
  Deferred compensation.....................................     1,005        975        900
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
  Accounts receivable.......................................    (4,767)     4,347      7,450
  Inventories...............................................   (24,240)     6,580     14,927
  Other current assets......................................       729        (85)      (303)
  Other assets..............................................         4         (4)        21
  Trade accounts payable....................................     4,852      4,432     (9,130)
  Salaries, wages and employee benefits.....................     1,871        262     (2,184)
  Other current liabilities.................................       479       (828)       769
  Environmental remediation.................................       384     (1,400)    (5,421)
  Interest payable..........................................       176       (281)      (318)
  Income taxes payable......................................       292        126        514
  Other liabilities.........................................     1,278        (81)       929
                                                              --------   --------   --------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES...................    35,489     43,930     44,091
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Additions to property, plant and equipment................   (21,107)   (34,382)   (36,894)
  Purchase of assets held for sale..........................      (129)      (454)        --
  Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment......       251        876        788
  Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale................     3,034      1,550        794
  Restricted IRB Funds......................................    (2,313)    13,700    (13,700)
                                                              --------   --------   --------
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES.......................   (20,264)   (18,710)   (49,012)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  (Payments to) proceeds from short-term and long-term
    borrowings, net.........................................   (16,338)   (29,558)    21,227
  Additions to deferred financing costs.....................    (3,138)        --       (909)
  Prepurchase of subordinated debentures....................        --         --    (13,035)
  Proceeds from sale of common stock........................    10,006         --        977
  Redemption of common stock................................       (74)      (210)        --
  Dividends paid............................................    (6,068)        --         --
                                                              --------   --------   --------
NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES.........   (15,612)   (29,768)     8,260
                                                              --------   --------   --------
(DECREASE)INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS.............      (387)    (4,548)     3,339
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period............     1,645      6,193      2,854
                                                              --------   --------   --------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD..................  $  1,258   $  1,645   $  6,193
                                                              ========   ========   ========
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Cash paid for interest (net of amount capitalized)..........  $ 19,599   $ 19,754   $ 22,318
                                                              ========   ========   ========
Cash paid for income taxes..................................  $ 21,709   $  7,862   $  4,682
                                                              ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
                 See notes to consolidated financial statements
 
                                       F-6
<PAGE>   95
 
                      AMERISTEEL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARY
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                         MARCH 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
 
NOTE A -- BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of AmeriSteel
Corporation, a Florida corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary (AmeriSteel
Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation) (together, the "Company") after
elimination of all significant intercompany balances and transactions. As of
April 1, 1996, the Company changed its name from Florida Steel Corporation
(which it had used since 1956) to AmeriSteel Corporation. The predecessor of the
Company was formed in 1937. The Company is a majority-owned subsidiary of FLS
Holdings, Inc. ("the Parent").
 
NOTE B -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     Credit Risk:  The Company extends credit, primarily on a basis of 30-day
terms, to various customers in the steel distribution, fabrication and
construction industries, primarily located in the southeastern United States.
The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers and generally
does not require collateral. Credit (recoveries)losses for the fiscal years
1998, 1997, and 1996 have been approximately $(28,000), $106,000 and $184,000,
respectively.
 
     Business Segment:  The Company is engaged in steel production and the
manufacture, fabrication and marketing of steel products, primarily for use in
construction and industrial markets. In the years ended March 31, 1998, 1997 and
1996, export sales were less than 1% of total sales.
 
     Cash Equivalents:  The Company considers all highly liquid investments,
with a maturity of three months or less when purchased, to be cash equivalents.
 
     Inventories:  Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in,
first-out method) or market.
 
     Assets Held for Sale:  Assets held for sale consists primarily of real
estate and machinery and equipment held for sale which are carried at the lower
of cost or net realizable value.
 
     Property, Plant and Equipment:  Property, plant and equipment are stated at
cost. Major renewals and betterments are capitalized and depreciated over their
estimated useful lives. Maintenance and repairs are charged against operations
as incurred. Upon retirement or other disposition of property, plant and
equipment, the cost and related allowances for depreciation are removed from the
accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the income statement.
 
     Interest costs for property, plant and equipment construction expenditures
of approximately $0.5 million and $2.0 million were capitalized for the years
ended March 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. For financial reporting purposes,
the Company provides for depreciation of property, plant and equipment using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of 20 to 30 years for
buildings and improvements and 4 to 15 years for other equipment.
 
     Restricted IRB Funds:  The Company accounts for restricted funds received
from the proceeds of Industrial Revenue Bonds (IRBs) as Construction in Progress
within Property, Plant and Equipment until such funds have been spent. As of
March 31, 1998 and 1997, the Company had $2.7 million and $0 million,
respectively, of such restricted IRB funds on its balance sheet.
 
     Goodwill:  Goodwill consists of the excess of purchase price over the fair
value of acquired assets and liabilities. Goodwill is stated at cost less
accumulated amortization of $21.6 million and $17.5 million at March 31, 1998
and 1997, respectively. Goodwill is being amortized over a 25-year period.
 
     Deferred Financing Costs:  The deferred financing costs as of March 31,
1998 and 1997, are net of accumulated amortization of $9.6 million and $9.0
million, respectively. These amounts will be amortized over the term of the
respective debt instruments, which range from 1 to 10 years. The
 
                                       F-7
<PAGE>   96
                      AMERISTEEL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
Company incurred financing costs of approximately $3.0 million in March 1998
related to the $130 million Senior Notes (see "Note D").
 
     Earnings per Common Share:  In fiscal 1998, the Company adopted Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings per Share" (SFAS 128).
Basic earnings per common share is based upon the weighted average number of
common shares and the diluted earnings per common share is based upon the
weighted average number of common shares plus the dilutive common equivalent
shares outstanding during the period. The following is a reconciliation of the
denominators of the basic and diluted earnings per common share computations
shown on the face of the accompanying consolidated statements of income (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998     1997     1996
                                                              ------   ------   ------
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>      <C>
Basic weighted average number of common shares..............  10,103   10,087   10,062
Dilutive effect of options outstanding......................      71       --       --
Diluted weighted average number of common and common
  equivalent shares outstanding.............................  10,174   10,087   10,062
</TABLE>
 
     The Company's previously reported primary earnings per common share and
fully diluted earnings per common share for fiscal 1997 and 1996 did not differ
from the basic earnings per common share and the diluted earnings per common
share, respectively, calculated under SFAS 128.
 
     Use of Estimates:  The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
     Fair Value of Financial Instruments:  The carrying amount of long-term
borrowings approximates fair value due to market rates of interest and related
maturities.
 
     Delivery Expenses:  The Company's policy is to include all delivery
expenses in cost of sales.
 
     Self Insurance:  As part of its risk management strategies, the Company is
self-insured, up to certain amounts, for risks such as workers' compensation,
employee health benefits, and long-term disability. Risk retention is determined
based on savings from insurance premium reductions, and, in the opinion of
management, does not result in unusual loss exposure relative to other companies
in the industry.
 
     Recent Accounting Pronouncements:  In June 1997, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board issued Statement No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information" (SFAS 131) which establishes standards for
reporting information about operating segments of a business. The statement,
which is based on the management approach to segment reporting, includes
requirements to report selected segment information and entity-wide disclosures
about products and services, major customers, and the countries in which the
Company holds assets and reports revenues. This statement becomes effective for
the Company for reporting beginning in fiscal 1999. Management has determined
that the adoption of SFAS 131 will not have a material effect on the
consolidated financial statements.
 
     In February 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
No. 132, "Employers Disclosures about Pensions and Other Post Retirement
Benefits" (SFAS 132) which standardizes the disclosure requirements for defined
contribution plans and defined benefit plans. The statement is effective for
financial statements relating to fiscal years beginning after December 15,
 
                                       F-8
<PAGE>   97
                      AMERISTEEL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
1997. Management has determined that the adoption of SFAS 132 will not have a
material effect on the consolidated financial statements.
 
     Reclassifications:  Certain amounts in the fiscal 1996 and 1997 financial
statements have been reclassified to conform to the fiscal 1998 financial
statement presentation.
 
NOTE C -- INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   MARCH 31,
                                                              -------------------
                                                                1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------
                                                               ($ IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Finished goods..............................................  $ 87,511   $ 59,299
Work in-process.............................................     9,694     14,175
Raw materials and operating supplies........................    33,208     32,699
                                                              --------   --------
                                                              $130,413   $106,173
                                                              ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
NOTE D -- BORROWINGS
 
     Long-term borrowings consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   MARCH 31,
                                                              -------------------
                                                                1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------
                                                               ($ IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Revolving Credit Agreement..................................  $ 40,070   $ 51,340
Industrial Revenue Bonds....................................    35,875     30,875
First Mortgage Notes........................................   100,000    100,000
Subordinated Intercompany Note..............................    40,000     50,000
Trade Loan Agreements.......................................     5,259      5,259
Note to Parent..............................................       367        435
                                                              --------   --------
                                                               221,571    237,909
Less current maturities.....................................     7,106        435
                                                              --------   --------
                                                              $214,465   $237,474
                                                              ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
     On June 9, 1995, the Company entered into a revolving bank agreement (the
"Revolving Credit Agreement"), which provides up to $140 million borrowings
subject to a "borrowing base" amount. The borrowing base amount will not exceed
the sum of 85% of eligible accounts receivable plus 65% of eligible inventory.
Letters of credit are subject to an aggregate sublimit of $50 million. The
Revolving Credit Agreement expires on June 9, 1999. The Revolving Credit
Agreement contains certain covenants including, among other restrictions,
financial ratios and limitations on indebtedness, liens, investments and
disposition of assets and dividends. It is collateralized by first priority
security interests in substantially all accounts receivable and inventory of the
Company. The Company continued to be in compliance with these covenants
throughout fiscal 1998. Loans under the Revolving Credit Agreement bear interest
at a per annum rate equal to one of several rate options (LIBOR, Fed Funds, or
Cost of Funds) based on the facility chosen at the time of borrowing plus an
applicable margin determined by tests of performance from time to time. The
effective interest rate at March 31, 1998 was 7.1%.
 
     The Company's industrial revenue bonds ("IRBs") were issued to obtain
funding to construct facilities in Jackson, Tennessee; Charlotte, North
Carolina; Jacksonville, Florida; and Plant City,
 
                                       F-9
<PAGE>   98
                      AMERISTEEL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
Florida. The interest rates on these bonds range from 50% to 75% of the prime
rate. $1.5 million of the IRBs matures in November 1998. $9.4 million of the
IRBs matures in fiscal 2004, $5.0 million matures in fiscal 2015 and the
remaining $20.0 million matures in fiscal 2018. The $5.0 million IRBs maturing
in fiscal 2015 were issued in September 1997 for construction of a facility at
the Jackson mill to recycle EC dust. The IRBs are backed by irrevocable letters
of credit issued pursuant to the Revolving Credit Agreement. As of March 31,
1998, the Company had approximately $40.5 million of outstanding letters of
credit, primarily for IRBs, insurance-related matters and surety bonds.
 
     The First Mortgage Notes were collateralized senior obligations of the
Company limited in aggregate principal amount to $100 million and mature on
December 15, 2000 if not called before that date (see below.) Interest on the
First Mortgage Notes accrued at the rate of 11.5% per annum and was payable
semiannually on each June 15 and December 15. The Company had assigned and
pledged a security interest in substantially all the real and personal property
of the four mills. The First Mortgage Notes ranked pari passu with respect to
the payment in full of the principal and interest on all existing and future
senior indebtedness of the Company and ranked senior to all subordinated
indebtedness of the Company. The First Mortgage Notes contained covenants that
included, without limitation, maintenance of sufficient consolidated net worth
and limitations on additional indebtedness, transactions with affiliates,
dispositions of assets, liens, dividends and distributions. The Company
continued to be in compliance with these covenants throughout fiscal 1998.
 
     On March 30, 1998 the Company entered into a binding agreement to refinance
the First Mortgage Notes by issuing $130 million of 8.75% unsecured Senior
Notes, (the "Senior Notes"). The Senior Notes were issued on April 6, 1998 and
mature on April 15, 2008. The First Mortgage Notes were subsequently redeemed in
whole on May 11, 1998 at a call premium of 101.916%. See "Note L -- Subsequent
Events" for a detailed discussion of the Senior Notes and the redemption of the
First Mortgage Notes.
 
     On March 31, 1998 the Company redeemed $10 million of a $50 million note to
a related party (the "Subordinated Intercompany Note") from proceeds from the
sale of 454,545 shares of Class B common stock to an institutional investor.
After this redemption, the Company's outstanding Subordinated Intercompany Note
was $40 million with maturing dates through February 25, 2004. The Subordinated
Intercompany Note bears interest at variable rates. The weighted average
interest rate at March 31, 1998 was 7.60%. The Company intends to redeem an
additional $20 million of Subordinated Intercompany Note before June 30, 1998
from proceeds of the Senior Notes. See "Note L -- Subsequent Events" for a
detailed discussion of Senior Notes.
 
     The Note to Parent is an unsecured non-interest bearing note which is due
on demand. Accordingly, amounts due are classified as current in the
accompanying consolidated statements of financial position.
 
     The Company has borrowed $5.3 million as of March 31, 1998, under the Trade
Loan Agreements. The loan bears interest at 7.3% and matures on June 30, 1998.
Proceeds were used for the purchase of steel mill equipment.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>   99
                      AMERISTEEL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The maturities of long-term borrowings for the fiscal years subsequent to
March 31, 1998 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL                                                         AMOUNT
- ------                                                    ----------------
                                                          ($ IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>
1999....................................................      $  7,106
2000....................................................        40,070
2001....................................................            --
2002....................................................            --
2003....................................................        40,000
Thereafter..............................................       134,395
                                                              --------
                                                              $221,571
                                                              ========
</TABLE>
 
NOTE E -- INCOME TAXES
 
     The provision for income taxes is comprised of the following amounts:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                            --------------------------
                                                             1998      1997     1996
                                                            -------   ------   -------
                                                                 ($ IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                         <C>       <C>      <C>
Currently payable:
  Federal.................................................  $20,940   $7,391   $ 4,592
  State...................................................    2,960      597       604
                                                            -------   ------   -------
                                                             23,900    7,988     5,196
Deferred provision (benefit):
  Federal.................................................     (200)    (594)   (1,301)
  State...................................................   (1,700)     394       101
                                                            -------   ------   -------
                                                             (1,900)    (200)   (1,200)
                                                            -------   ------   -------
                                                            $22,000   $7,788   $ 3,996
                                                            =======   ======   =======
</TABLE>
 
     A reconciliation of the difference between the effective income tax rate
for each year and the statutory federal income tax rate follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                             -------------------------
                                                              1998      1997     1996
                                                             -------   ------   ------
                                                                 ($ IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                          <C>       <C>      <C>
Tax provision at statutory rates...........................  $18,299   $5,544   $2,141
State income taxes, net of federal income tax effect.......    2,142      722      244
Goodwill amortization......................................    1,445    1,446    1,611
Other items, net...........................................      114       76       --
                                                             -------   ------   ------
                                                             $22,000   $7,788   $3,996
                                                             =======   ======   ======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>   100
                      AMERISTEEL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the
following at March 31:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------
                                                               ($ IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
DEFERRED TAX ASSET
  Allowance for doubtful accounts...........................  $    390   $    390
  Worker's compensation accrual.............................     1,097      1,413
  Employee benefits and related accruals....................     2,666      2,351
  Environmental remediation accrual.........................     3,563      3,414
  Federal loss carryforward.................................     1,103      1,654
  State loss carryforward...................................        --         40
  Pension accrual...........................................     2,823      2,334
  Post retirement benefits accrual..........................     3,313      3,306
  Other.....................................................       514        856
                                                              --------   --------
                                                                15,469     15,758
                                                              --------   --------
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITY
  Inventories...............................................      (996)    (1,992)
  Property, plant and equipment.............................   (56,932)   (57,903)
  Assets held for sale......................................    (2,161)    (2,432)
  Deferred compensation.....................................      (359)      (731)
  Property taxes............................................      (421)        --
                                                              --------   --------
                                                               (60,869)   (63,058)
                                                              --------   --------
NET DEFERRED TAX LIABILITY..................................  $(45,400)  $(47,300)
                                                              ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
     The Company has a Federal net operating loss carryforward of approximately
$3.1 million expiring in 2009. As a result of a change in tax fiscal year,
recognition of Federal net operating loss carryforwards are limited to
approximately $1.6 million each year.
 
NOTE F -- BENEFIT PLANS
 
     The Company maintains a defined benefit pension plan covering substantially
all employees. The benefits are based on years of service and compensation
during the period of employment. Annual contributions are made in conformity
with minimum funding requirements and maximum deductible limitations.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>   101
                      AMERISTEEL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The plan's funded status and the amounts recognized in the accompanying
consolidated statements of financial position are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    MARCH 31,
                                                              ---------------------
                                                                1998        1997
                                                              ---------   ---------
                                                                ($ IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
  Accumulated benefit obligation including vested benefits
     of $76,978 and $66,249, at March 31, 1998 and 1997,
     respectively...........................................  $ 81,019    $ 71,157
                                                              ========    ========
Projected benefit obligation for service rendered to date...  $(97,531)   $(84,646)
Plan assets at fair value...................................   102,537      85,828
                                                              --------    --------
Projected benefit obligation less than plan assets..........     5,006       1,182
Unrecognized net gain.......................................   (11,769)     (6,549)
Unrecognized prior service cost.............................      (354)       (390)
                                                              --------    --------
Net accrued pension cost included in other long term
  liabilities...............................................  $ (7,117)   $ (5,757)
                                                              ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
     The weighted average discount rates used in determining the actuarial
present value of the accumulated benefit obligation were 7.25% and 7.75%, for
the years ended March 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The rate of increase in
future compensation levels was 4.5% for both years. The expected rate of return
on plan assets was 9.5% for the years ended March 31, 1998 and 1997.
 
     Pension cost included in the accompanying consolidated statements of income
is comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                        -----------------------------
                                                          1998      1997       1996
                                                        --------   -------   --------
                                                              ($ IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>       <C>
Service cost..........................................  $  2,542   $ 2,802   $  2,695
Interest cost.........................................     6,395     6,223      5,756
Actual income from plan assets........................   (21,221)   (7,395)   (14,561)
Net amortization and deferral.........................    13,645       249      8,025
                                                        --------   -------   --------
Net pension cost......................................  $  1,361   $ 1,879   $  1,915
                                                        ========   =======   ========
</TABLE>
 
     The Company also has a voluntary savings plan available to substantially
all of its employees. Under this plan, the Company contributes amounts based
upon a percentage of the savings paid into the plan by employees. The Company
matches 50% of the employees' contributions up to 4% of employees' salaries.
Costs under this plan were $1.3 million, $1.1 million, and $1.1 million for the
years ended March 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
     The Company has an unfunded Supplemental Benefits Plan, which is a
nonqualified plan that provides certain officers defined pension benefits in
excess of limits imposed by federal tax laws. The charges to income under the
Supplemental Benefits Plan for the years ended March 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
were approximately $107 thousand, $282 thousand and $0 thousand, respectively.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>   102
                      AMERISTEEL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
POST RETIREMENT BENEFITS
 
     The Company currently provides specified health care benefits to retired
employees. Employees who retire after a certain age with specified years of
service become eligible for benefits under this unfunded plan. The Company has
the right to modify or terminate these benefits. The following table summarizes
the accumulated post retirement benefit obligations included in the Company's
consolidated statements of financial position:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 MARCH 31,
                                                              ---------------
                                                               1998     1997
                                                              ------   ------
                                                                   ($ IN
                                                                THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>
Retirees....................................................  $4,931   $4,496
Fully eligible active participants..........................     176      232
Other active plan participants..............................   3,481    3,015
                                                              ------   ------
          Total.............................................   8,588    7,743
Plan assets at fair value...................................      --       --
Unrecognized net gain.......................................     391    1,319
                                                              ------   ------
Accrued post retirement benefit obligation..................  $8,979   $9,062
                                                              ======   ======
</TABLE>
 
     The following table summarizes the net post retirement benefit costs:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               MARCH 31,
                                                              -----------
                                                              1998   1997
                                                              ----   ----
                                                                 ($ IN
                                                              THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>    <C>
Service cost................................................  $213   $216
Interest cost...............................................   600    558
Gain........................................................   (11)   (23)
                                                              ----   ----
Net post retirement benefit cost............................  $802   $751
                                                              ====   ====
</TABLE>
 
     The weighted average discount rate used in determining the accrued post
retirement benefit obligation was 7.25% for fiscal 1998 and 7.75% for fiscal
1997. The gross medical trend rate was assumed to be 9.96% in 1997 and dropping
 .346% per year to 6.0% in 2008 and beyond for pre-65 retirees that retired
before January 1, 1994, and 8.5% decreasing by .5% per year to 5.5% in 2003 and
beyond for post-65 retirees that retired before January 1, 1994. For retirees on
or after January 1, 1994, the trend rate is the same until the Company's
expected costs are double the 1992 costs. At that point, future increases in the
medical trend will be paid by the retirees. The health care cost trend rate
assumption has a significant effect on the amount of the obligation reported.
 
     The incremental effect of a 1% increase in the medical trend rate would
result in an increase of approximately $211,993 and $14,956 to the accrued post
retirement benefit obligation and service cost plus interest cost, respectively,
as of and for the year ended March 31, 1998.
 
NOTE G -- COMMON STOCK
 
     On October 16, 1997, the Board of Directors approved amendments to the
Company's Articles of Incorporation and were effective on December 8, 1997. The
amendments authorize 100,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value Class A common stock
and 22,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value Class B common stock. Holders of Class
A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to one vote per share
and two votes per share, respectively. Class B common stock can only be issued
or sold to the employees of the Company, a related party and an institutional
investor.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>   103
                      AMERISTEEL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     In December 1997, the Company declared and paid a special dividend of
approximately $6.1 million to its stockholders at $0.60 per share.
 
     On March 26, 1998 the Company issued 454,545 shares of Class B common stock
for $10 million to an institutional investor. The proceeds were used to redeem
$10 million of Subordinated Intercompany Note.
 
     In fiscal 1996, the Board of Directors approved a one time Stock
Purchase/Option Plan (the Purchase Plan) available to essentially all employees.
Employees who purchased stock were awarded stock options equal to six times the
number of shares purchased. A total of 37,689 shares were sold under the
Purchase Plan at a purchase price of $10.63 per share, with 30,444 shares
outstanding as of March 31, 1998. The options were granted at fair value at the
date of the grant, determined based on an independent appraisal as of the end of
the previous fiscal year-end. The options have a four-year vesting period. A
total of 226,134 options were granted under the Purchase Plan, with 180,474
options outstanding as of March 31, 1998. No options remain available for future
grant. The issued options and shares become one third vested two years from the
grant date, another one-third vested three years from the grant date and the
remaining balance vested four years from the grant date. Options may be
exercised for 10 years from the grant date.
 
     During fiscal 1996, the Board of Directors also approved the AmeriSteel
Corporation Equity Ownership Plan (the Equity Ownership Plan) which provides for
grants of common stock, options to purchase common stock and stock appreciation
rights up to 438,852 shares. The Company has granted 164,100 incentive stock
options and 52,100 shares of common stock under the Equity Ownership Plan
through March 31, 1998, with 147,500 incentive stock options and 52,100 shares
of common stock outstanding at March 31, 1998. All issued options and 49,600
shares of issued common stock become one third vested two years from the grant
date, another one-third vested three years from the grant date and the remaining
balance vested four years from the grant date. The remaining 2,500 shares of
issued common stock become one-quarter vested for each of the four years
following the grant date. All grants were at the fair market value of the common
stock on the grant date, determined based on an independent appraisal as of the
end of the previous fiscal year-end. Options may be exercised for 10 years from
the grant date.
 
     The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation plans under
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 (APB 25), under which no compensation
expense has been recognized for the instruments issued under the Purchase Plan
or the options issued under the Equity Ownership Plan. In October 1995, the
Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" (SFAS No. 123),
which was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995. SFAS No.
123 allows companies to continue following the accounting guidance of APB 25,
but requires pro forma disclosure of net income and earnings per share for the
effects on compensation expense had the accounting guidance of SFAS No. 123 been
adopted. The pro forma disclosures are required only for stock-based awards
granted subsequent to April 1, 1995.
 
     The Company adopted SFAS No. 123 for disclosure purposes in fiscal 1997.
For SFAS No. 123 purposes, the fair value of each option grant under the Equity
Ownership Plan and Purchase Plan has been estimated as of the date of the grant
using a minimum value calculation with the following weighted average
assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 6.5 percent for the Equity Ownership
Plan in fiscal 1998, 1997 and 1996 and risk-free interest rate of 6.3 percent
for the Purchase Plan in fiscal 1996; expected life of 7 years for the Equity
Ownership Plan in fiscal 1998, 1997 and 1996 and expected life of 7 years for
the Purchase Plan for fiscal 1996; and dividend rate of zero percent for the
Equity Ownership Plan in fiscal 1998, 1997 and 1996 and dividend rate of zero
percent for the Purchase Plan for fiscal 1996. Using these assumptions, the fair
value of the stock options granted in
                                      F-15
<PAGE>   104
                      AMERISTEEL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
fiscal 1998, 1997 and 1996 is $328,502, $270,363 and $806,282, respectively,
which would be amortized as compensation expense over the vesting period of the
options.
 
     The fair value of the stock issued in fiscal 1996 under the Purchase Plan
has been estimated at the date of the grant using a minimum value calculation
with the following weighted average assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 5.3
percent, expected life of 7 years and dividend rate of zero percent. Using these
assumptions, the fair value of the issued stock in fiscal 1996 is $75,755. The
fiscal 1996 fair value would be compensation expense for fiscal 1996.
 
     Had compensation cost been determined consistent with SFAS No. 123,
utilizing the assumptions detailed above, the Company's net income and earnings
per share would have been changed to the following pro forma amounts:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1998      1997     1996
                                                             -------   ------   ------
<S>                                                          <C>       <C>      <C>
Net Income:
  As reported..............................................  $30,282   $8,052   $2,120
  Pro forma................................................   30,101    7,858    2,003
Earnings per common share:
  Basic earnings per common share --
     As reported...........................................  $  3.00   $ 0.80   $ 0.21
     Pro forma.............................................     2.98     0.78     0.20
Earnings per common share:
  Diluted earnings per common and common equivalent
     share --
     As reported...........................................  $  2.98   $ 0.80   $ 0.21
     Pro forma.............................................     2.96     0.78     0.20
</TABLE>
 
     Because the SFAS No. 123 method of accounting has not been applied to
stock-based compensation granted prior to April 1, 1995, the resulting pro forma
compensation cost may not be representative of that to be expected in future
years.
 
     The following table summarizes stock option activity for the years ended
March 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996:
 
                             EQUITY OWNERSHIP PLAN
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      WEIGHTED-               WEIGHTED-               WEIGHTED-
                                       AVERAGE                 AVERAGE                 AVERAGE
                           NUMBER     EXERCISE     NUMBER     EXERCISE     NUMBER     EXERCISE
                          OF SHARES     PRICE     OF SHARES     PRICE     OF SHARES     PRICE
                            1998        1998        1997        1997        1996        1996
                          ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
<S>                       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Outstanding, beginning
  of year...............    78,300     $12.50       12,000     $12.50          --      $   --
Granted.................    72,750      13.50       79,350      12.50      12,000       12.50
Exercised...............        --         --           --         --          --          --
Forfeited...............    (3,550)     12.65      (13,050)     12.50          --          --
Outstanding, end of
  year..................   147,500      12.99       78,300      12.50      12,000       12.50
                           =======                 =======                 ======
Options vested at year-
  end...................     4,000     $12.50      $    --     $   --          --      $   --
Weighted-average fair
  value of options
  granted during the
  year..................        --     $ 5.26           --     $ 4.61          --      $ 4.46
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>   105
                      AMERISTEEL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
                                 PURCHASE PLAN
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      WEIGHTED-               WEIGHTED-               WEIGHTED-
                                       AVERAGE                 AVERAGE                 AVERAGE
                           NUMBER     EXERCISE     NUMBER     EXERCISE     NUMBER     EXERCISE
                          OF SHARES     PRICE     OF SHARES     PRICE     OF SHARES     PRICE
                            1998        1998        1997        1997        1996        1996
                          ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
<S>                       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Outstanding, beginning
  of year...............   194,778     $12.50      221,094     $12.50           --     $   --
Granted.................        --         --           --         --      226,134      12.50
Exercised...............      (460)     12.50           --         --           --         --
Forfeited...............   (13,844)     12.50      (26,316)     12.50       (5,040)     12.50
Outstanding, end of
  year..................   180,474      12.50      194,778      12.50      221,094      12.50
                           -------                 -------                 -------
Options vested at year-
  end...................    60,158     $12.50           --     $   --           --     $   --
Weighted-average fair
  value of options
  granted during the
  year..................        --     $   --           --     $   --           --     $ 4.45
</TABLE>
 
     The weighted-average remaining contractual life of the options under the
Equity Ownership Plan and the Purchase Plan as of March 31, 1998 is 8.69 years
and 7.50 years, respectively.
 
     The weighted-average fair value of the shares sold under the Purchase Plan
during fiscal 1996 was $12.50.
 
NOTE H -- INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
 
     In 1989, the Board of Directors approved a short-term incentive plan to
reward key employees who are significant to the Company's long-term success. The
awards are based on the Company's actual operating results, as compared to
targeted results. The plan provides for annual distributions to participants
based on that relationship. The plan is amended annually by the Board of
Directors to reflect changes in expected operating results, and to adjust target
results accordingly. The fiscal 1998, 1997 and 1996 plans were based on actual
return on capital employed as compared to target return on capital employed. The
award was $4.0 million for fiscal 1998, $1.4 million for fiscal 1997, and $1.2
million for fiscal 1996, which amounts were included in salaries, wages and
employee benefits.
 
NOTE I -- ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     As the Company is involved in the manufacture of steel, it produces and
uses certain substances that may pose environmental hazards. The principal
hazardous waste generated by current and past operations is emission control
dust (EC dust), a residual from the production of steel in electric arc
furnaces. Environmental legislation and regulation at both the federal and state
level over EC dust is subject to change, which may change the cost of
compliance. While EC dust is generated in current production processes, such EC
dust is being collected, handled and disposed of in a manner which management
believes meets all current federal and state environmental regulations. The
costs of such collection and disposal are being expensed and paid currently from
operations. In addition, the Company has handled and disposed of EC dust in
other manners in previous years, and is responsible for the remediation of
certain sites where such EC dust was generated and/or disposed. In general, the
Company's estimate of the remediation costs is based on its review of each site
and the nature of the anticipated remediation activities to be undertaken. The
Company's process for estimating such remediation costs includes determining for
each site the expected remediation methods, and the estimated cost for each step
of the remediation. In all such determinations, the Company employs
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>   106
                      AMERISTEEL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
outside consultants, and providers of such remedial services where necessary, to
assist in making such determinations. Although the ultimate costs associated
with the remediation are not presently known, the Company has estimated the
total remaining costs to be approximately $12.7 million with these costs
recorded as a liability as of March 31, 1998, the majority of which is
associated with four sites.
 
     The Tampa mill site contains slag and soil that is contaminated with EC
dust, a principal hazardous waste generated by past operations. The volume and
mass estimates of the contamination is based on analytical data from soil
borings, soil samples and groundwater-monitoring wells. The remediation approach
selected by the Company, excavation and on-site treatment and disposal, was
approved, and a permit issued, by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
during FY 1996 and by the Florida Department of Environmental Protection during
FY 1998 and the Company received a signed Consent Order in FY 1998 to begin the
remediation process. The remediation cost estimates are based on the Company's
previous experience with comparable projects as well as estimates provided by
outside environmental consultants. The Company is responsible for the total
remediation costs and currently estimates those costs to be approximately $8
million for this site. The Company expects cleanup at this site to be
substantially completed by 2001.
 
     At the Jackson, Tennessee mill site, EC dust contaminated with Cesium 137,
a man-made, radioactive material (incident-related material) has been stored in
containers awaiting remediation. The remediation volumes and masses are based on
actual measurements made by the outside contractor during the now complete
cleanup, consolidation and containerization phase of the remediation. The
approach for the remaining treatment, transport and disposal phase is based on
the final Nuclear Regulatory Commission "Technical Position," dated March 20,
1997. The remediation cost estimate is based on a signed contract for the
treatment and transportation and on a written price quotation for the disposal.
The detailed workplan has been submitted to the regulatory agencies for
approval. The Company is responsible for the total remediation cost and
currently estimates those costs to be approximately $3 million for this site.
The Company expects cleanup at this site to be substantially completed during
fiscal 1999.
 
     The Sogreen site, a third party site, contains EC dust from the Company
that was stored at this recycling location. The Company has been named as a
potentially responsible party (PRP) for this site, and thus its estimated share
of the remediation costs is approximately 43% (based on analytical data from
soil borings and samples) of the total estimated remediation cost of
approximately $4.3 million. The Company currently estimates its remaining
obligation to be approximately $1 million. The estimate includes the cost of
soil remediation and groundwater remediation based on an approach approved by
the Georgia Environmental Protection Division. If the other PRPs were not to
fulfill their obligations, the Company's management believes that the impact of
additional future costs attributable to the Sogreen site on the Company's
results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, would not be
significant. The Company expects cleanup at this site to be substantially
completed during fiscal 1999.
 
     The Stoller site, a third party site, contains metals from other PRPs and
EC dust from the Company that was stored at this recycling location. The Company
has been named as a PRP for this site. Outside contractors have measured the
remediation volumes and masses during the now complete cleanup and consolidation
phase of the remediation. The remainder of the remediation approach, on-site
treatment and disposal, is being completed by the State of South Carolina and
construction of the on-site vault base was completed in April 1998.
Stabilization of metals contaminated soil is underway with the vault cap to be
completed in calendar 1998. The Company's cost estimates are based on its
previous experience with comparable projects as well as estimates confirmed by
the State of South Carolina. An Allocation Agreement was published by the State
of South Carolina during 1997 that attributes approximately 2% of the remaining
estimated $10 million remediation cost to the Company,
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>   107
                      AMERISTEEL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
which the Company has already paid. The non-participating PRPs have intervened
in the proceedings for approval of the agreement between the Company and the
State of South Carolina in the federal court in order to contest the agreement.
The Company's management believes that the finalized agreement will be approved
by the court between July and August, 1998. If the Allocation Agreement is not
approved under its present terms, the Company's management believes that its
overall obligation could increase to approximately 50% of the total estimated
remediation cost. The Company expects cleanup at this site to be substantially
completed during fiscal 1999.
 
     The Company paid approximately $2.9 million in remediation costs in fiscal
1998. Of the $12.7 million accrued at March 31, 1998, the Company expects to pay
approximately $4.9 million within one year. The timing of the remaining future
payments for each future year is uncertain due to the various remediation
alternatives being considered. However, the Company's management has estimated
that all significant remediation should be completed by approximately 2002. The
Company expensed approximately $3.3 million in fiscal 1998, and $2 million in
each of the previous two fiscal years for environmental remediation costs.
 
     Based on past use of certain technologies and remediation methods by third
parties, evaluation of those technologies and methods by the Company's
consultants and quotations and third-party estimates of costs of
remediation-related services provided to the Company or which the Company and
its consultants are aware, the Company and its consultants believe that the
Company's cost estimates are reasonable. In light of the uncertainties inherent
in determining the costs associated with the clean-up of such contamination,
including the time periods over which such costs must be paid, the extent of
contribution by parties which are jointly and severally liable, and the nature
and timing of payments to be made under cost sharing arrangements, there can be
no assurance the ultimate costs of remediation may not be greater or less than
the estimated remediation costs.
 
     The Company, through a third-party contractor and operator, constructed a
facility at the Company's Jackson mill designed to utilize a technology
developed by the third party to recycle the Company's EC dust which is regulated
as a hazardous waste due to the presence of heavy metals. The facility has a
design capacity to recycle up to 30 thousand tons of EC dust per year. The
Company currently generates approximately 24 thousand tons of EC dust per year.
The facility is designed to recycle the EC dust in two stages. In the first
stage, the dust is fed into a rotary hearth furnace where the zinc in the dust
is vaporized and collected as crude zinc oxide. The residual of the dust exits
the furnace in the form of a reduced iron unit that can be fed into an electric
furnace as a scrap substitute. In the second stage of the process, the crude
zinc oxide is fed into a wet chemical process to extract lead and cadmium and
produce a high quality saleable zinc oxide.
 
     The facility began operations in March 1997, however the second stage
operations are undergoing further development given that new technology is
involved in the process. In fiscal 1998, the contractor and third-party operator
of the facility defaulted under its agreements with the Company. As a result,
the Company expects to incur additional costs and capital expenditures in
connection with the development and operation of the facility. The Company's
depreciation policy for the facility, with a net book value of $23.3 million at
March 31, 1998, is to depreciate the facility over its expected remaining useful
life of 14 years and to periodically evaluate the remaining life and
recoverability of the equipment. There can be no assurance, however, that the
technology or the two-stage facility and process will be commercially developed
and operated on a cost efficient basis.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>   108
                      AMERISTEEL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE J -- COMMITMENTS
 
OPERATING LEASES
 
     The Company leases certain equipment and real property under noncancelable
operating leases. Aggregate future minimum payments under these leases are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING MARCH 31,                                          AMOUNT
- ---------------------                                     -----------------
                                                          ($ IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>
      1999............................................         $1,843
      2000............................................          1,531
      2001............................................          1,267
      2002............................................          1,082
      2003............................................            899
      Thereafter......................................          1,300
                                                               ------
                                                               $7,922
                                                               ======
</TABLE>
 
     Total rent expense was approximately $3.7 million, $4.1 million, and $4.2
million, for the years ended March 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
     On April 1, 1995, the Company entered into two noncancelable operating
lease agreements with an initial lease term of five years to lease land and land
improvements to a third party. Aggregate future minimum gross rentals under
these leases is $100,000 per year. Net book value of the land and land
improvements was $1.5 million at March 31, 1998.
 
SERVICE COMMITMENTS
 
     The Company entered into two noncancelable agreements to purchase
transportation services. The rates charged are based on a fixed dollar amount
and number of miles. These rates are subject to change each year based on
inflation. The term for each agreement is 5 years, beginning April 1, 1995,
renewable for successive one-year periods.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
     On June 1, 1994, the Company entered into a five-year employment agreement
(the "Employment Agreement") with a senior member of management. The Employment
Agreement provides for, among other benefits, a base annual salary of $255,000
plus incentives based on performance, and equity interest of 7.5% of the
outstanding common stock of the Company to vest ratably over five years.
Deferred compensation of $4,500,000 was recorded related to the common stock
granted, and is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the
Employment Agreement. The Employment Agreement also provides for certain
additional benefits in the event of termination.
 
LITIGATION
 
     The Company is defending various claims and legal actions which are common
to its operations. While it is not feasible to predict or determine the ultimate
outcome of these matters, none of them, in the opinion of management, will have
a material effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.
 
NOTE K -- OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES
 
     In September 1995, the Company closed the Tampa rolling mill. In fiscal
1996, the Company incurred non-cash charges of $12 million representing the
write-down of property, plant and
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>   109
                      AMERISTEEL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
equipment to its estimated fair market value, and incurred cash charges of $3
million for severance payments and benefits costs for the termination of
substantially all 116 Tampa rolling mill employees. All severance payroll and
benefit costs were paid and charged against the liability during fiscal 1996,
resulting in no liability for severance payroll and benefit costs at March 31,
1996. Approximately $1.8 million in net book value of property, plant and
equipment related to the Tampa site, primarily land and buildings, was retained
and is currently being used by the Company. The Company currently incurs minimal
ongoing costs related to the Tampa mill land and building, primarily for ongoing
warehousing and shipping operations, and the caretaking of environmental cleanup
(see "Note I to consolidated financial statements -- Environmental Matters"),
totaling approximately $300,000 annually. These costs are offset by short-term
rental income attributable to this property of approximately $225,000 annually.
 
     The Company incurred an additional $.8 million charge in fiscal 1996 for
the write-off of all future lease obligations (through November 1998) related to
the closure of its fabricating plant in Woodbridge, Virginia.
 
NOTE L -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
     On April 3, 1998 the Company issued the Senior Notes which mature on April
15, 2008. The Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company, and
rank pari passu in right of payment with all current and future unsubordinated
indebtedness. Interest on the Senior Notes is payable semiannually on April 15
and October 15 commencing October 15, 1998. The Senior Notes will be redeemable
at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, on or after April 15, 2003 at
the redemption prices set forth below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR                                                      REDEMPTION PRICE
- ----                                                      ----------------
<S>                                                       <C>
2003....................................................      104.375%
2004....................................................      102.917%
2005....................................................      101.458%
2006 and thereafter.....................................      100.000%
</TABLE>
 
     On or prior to April 15, 2001 the Company may redeem, on one or more
occasions, up to 35% of the principal amount of Senior Notes with the net
proceeds of one or more public equity offerings at a redemption price equal to
108.75% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest, subject to
certain other provisions.
 
     The Senior Notes contain covenants that include, among others, maintenance
of sufficient consolidated net worth and limitations on additional indebtedness,
transactions with affiliates, dispositions of assets, liens, dividends and
distributions.
 
     The net proceeds of approximately $127.0 million were used to redeem the
Company's $100 million, 11.5% First Mortgage Notes on May 14, 1998. Management
also used $20 million to repay a portion of the Company's Subordinated
Intercompany Note in June 1998 and the remaining proceeds to repay amounts owed
under the Company's Revolving Credit Agreement and for general corporate
purposes.
 
     In May 1998, the Company incurred an extraordinary charge of approximately
$2.1 million when the First Mortgage Notes were redeemed. The extraordinary
charge consisted of the writeoff of approximately $1.5 million of unamortized
deferred finance costs and a call premium of approximately $1.9 million, net of
a tax benefit of approximately $1.3 million.
 
     On June 2, 1998, the Company filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission a registration statement with respect to an offer to exchange the
Senior Notes for a new issue of debt securities (the "New Notes") of the Company
which will have the same form and terms as the Senior Notes except the New Notes
will not bear legends restricting the transfer thereof.
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>   110
                      AMERISTEEL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     On July 14, 1998, the Company amended and restated the Revolving Credit
Agreement increasing the facility to $150 million. The Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement is no longer subject to a "borrowing base" provision and now
expires on July 13, 2003. The indenture with respect to the Senior Notes imposes
a "borrowing base" test to the extent that the Company seeks to borrow more than
$140 million under the Revolving Credit Agreement.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>   111
 
             ------------------------------------------------------
             ------------------------------------------------------
 
    NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE SECURITIES TO
WHICH IT RELATES OR AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY SUCH
SECURITIES IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SUCH SOLICITATION IS UNLAWFUL. NEITHER
THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE
AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED
HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
 
                          ----------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       PAGE
                                       -----
<S>                                    <C>
Available Information.................     2
Prospectus Summary....................     3
The Prior Offering....................     5
The Exchange Offer....................     5
The Notes.............................     8
Summary Historical and Unaudited Pro
  Forma Financial Data................    11
Summary Financial and Operating Data..    14
Risk Factors..........................    16
Capitalization........................    21
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated
  Financial Statements................    22
Selected Financial Data...............    25
Management's Discussion and Analysis
  of Financial Condition and Results
  of Operations.......................    27
Business..............................    34
Management............................    45
Principal Stockholders................    51
Description of Certain Other
  Indebtedness........................    51
Description of the New Notes..........    52
The Exchange Offer....................    53
Description of the Notes..............    61
Legal Matters.........................    88
Independent Certified Public
  Accountants.........................    88
Additional Information................    88
Index to Financial Statements.........   F-1
Report of Independent Certified Public
  Accountants.........................   F-2
</TABLE>
 
             ------------------------------------------------------
             ------------------------------------------------------
             ------------------------------------------------------
             ------------------------------------------------------
 
                          ----------------------------
 
                               (AMERISTEEL LOGO)
 
                          ----------------------------
 
                                  $130,000,000
 
                          8 3/4% SERIES B SENIOR NOTES
                                    DUE 2008
 
                           --------------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
                           --------------------------
 
                                 July 30, 1998
 
             ------------------------------------------------------
             ------------------------------------------------------


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission